server: add support for pipes
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2010 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * Debug Adapter Hardware:: Debug Adapter Hardware
65 * About JIM-Tcl:: About JIM-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Debug Adapter Configuration:: Debug Adapter Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 It does so with the assistance of a @dfn{debug adapter}, which is
115 a small hardware module which helps provide the right kind of
116 electrical signaling to the target being debugged. These are
117 required since the debug host (on which OpenOCD runs) won't
118 usually have native support for such signaling, or the connector
119 needed to hook up to the target.
120
121 Such debug adapters support one or more @dfn{transport} protocols,
122 each of which involves different electrical signaling (and uses
123 different messaging protocols on top of that signaling). There
124 are many types of debug adapter, and little uniformity in what
125 they are called. (There are also product naming differences.)
126
127 These adapters are sometimes packaged as discrete dongles. which
128 may generically be called @dfn{hardware interface dongles}.
129 Some development boards also integrate them directly, which may
130 let the development board can be directly connected to the debug
131 host over USB (and sometimes also to power it over USB).
132
133 For example, a @dfn{JTAG Adapter} supports JTAG
134 signaling, and is used to communicate
135 with JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
136 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
137 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
138 between chips and boards. JTAG supports debugging and boundary
139 scan operations.
140
141 There are also @dfn{SWD Adapters} that support Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
142 signaling to communicate with some newer ARM cores, as well as debug
143 adapters which support both JTAG and SWD transports. SWD only supports
144 debugging, whereas JTAG also supports boundary scan operations.
145
146 For some chips, there are also @dfn{Programming Adapters} supporting
147 special transports used only to write code to flash memory, without
148 support for on-chip debugging or boundary scan.
149 (At this writing, OpenOCD does not support such non-debug adapters.)
150
151
152 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
153 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
154 OpenOCD internally. @xref{Debug Adapter Hardware}.
155
156 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
157 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
158 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
159 debugged via the GDB protocol.
160
161 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
162 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
163 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
164 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
165 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
166
167 @section OpenOCD Web Site
168
169 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
170
171 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/web/}
172
173 @section Latest User's Guide:
174
175 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
176 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
177 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
178
179 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/html/index.html}
180
181 PDF form is likewise published at:
182
183 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
184
185 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
186
187 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
188 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
189 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
190 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
191 instead of this forum.
192
193 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
194
195
196 @node Developers
197 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
198 @cindex developers
199
200 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
201 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
202 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
203 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
204
205 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
206 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
207
208 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
209
210 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
211 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
212
213 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
214
215 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
216
217 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
218
219 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
220 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
221 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
222 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
223 needing a GIT client:
224
225 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
226
227 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
228
229 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
230 from the repository or a snapshot.
231
232 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
233 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
234 Patches created against older versions may require additional
235 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
236
237 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
238
239 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
240 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
241 technical information about the software internals, development
242 processes, and similar documentation:
243
244 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/index.html}
245
246 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
247 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
248 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
249
250 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
251
252 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
253 communication between developers:
254
255 @uref{https://lists.berlios.de/mailman/listinfo/openocd-development}
256
257 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
258 The @file{PATCHES.txt} file contains basic information about how
259 to prepare patches.
260
261 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
262
263 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
264 using Trac for its bug database:
265
266 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
267
268
269 @node Debug Adapter Hardware
270 @chapter Debug Adapter Hardware
271 @cindex dongles
272 @cindex FTDI
273 @cindex wiggler
274 @cindex zy1000
275 @cindex printer port
276 @cindex USB Adapter
277 @cindex RTCK
278
279 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
280 an adapter .... [snip]
281
282 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapter} that
283 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. One
284 exception is the Zylin ZY1000, packaged as a small box you attach via
285 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
286 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
287 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
288 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
289
290
291 @section Choosing a Dongle
292
293 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
294
295 @enumerate
296 @item @b{Transport} Does it support the kind of communication that you need?
297 OpenOCD focusses mostly on JTAG. Your version may also support
298 other ways to communicate with target devices.
299 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
300 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
301 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
302 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
303 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
304 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
305 Ethernet port needed?
306 @item @b{RTCK} Do you expect to use it with ARM chips and boards with
307 RTCK support? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
308 @end enumerate
309
310 @section Stand alone Systems
311
312 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.zylin.com/zy1000.html} Technically, not a
313 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
314 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
315 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
316 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
317
318 @section USB FT2232 Based
319
320 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
321 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
322 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
323 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
324 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
325 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters. (Adapters
326 using those high speed FT2232H chips may support adaptive clocking.)
327
328 The FT2232 chips are flexible enough to support some other
329 transport options, such as SWD or the SPI variants used to
330 program some chips. They have two communications channels,
331 and one can be used for a UART adapter at the same time the
332 other one is used to provide a debug adapter.
333
334 Also, some development boards integrate an FT2232 chip to serve as
335 a built-in low cost debug adapter and usb-to-serial solution.
336
337 @itemize @bullet
338 @item @b{usbjtag}
339 @* Link @url{http://www.hs-augsburg.de/~hhoegl/proj/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
340 @item @b{jtagkey}
341 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
342 @item @b{jtagkey2}
343 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
344 @item @b{oocdlink}
345 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
346 @item @b{signalyzer}
347 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
348 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
349 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
350 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
351 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
352 These boards can also be used in a "pass through" mode as JTAG adapters
353 to other target boards, disabling the Stellaris chip.
354 @item @b{Luminary ICDI}
355 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug
356 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B9x
357 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
358 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
359 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
360 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
361 @item @b{flyswatter}
362 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
363 @item @b{turtelizer2}
364 @* See:
365 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
366 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
367 @item @b{comstick}
368 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
369 @item @b{stm32stick}
370 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
371 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
372 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com}
373 @item @b{cortino}
374 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
375 @end itemize
376
377 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
378
379 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
380 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
381 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
382 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
383 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
384
385 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
386 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
387 (see the section on driver commands).
388
389 @itemize
390 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
391 @* Link: @url{http://www.ixo.de/info/usb_jtag/}
392 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
393 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
394 @end itemize
395
396 @section USB JLINK based
397 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
398 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
399 AT91SAM764 internally.
400
401 @itemize @bullet
402 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
403 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
404 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
405 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
406 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
407 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/website1/1.0.1.0/369/1/index.php}
408 @end itemize
409
410 @section USB RLINK based
411 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
412
413 @itemize @bullet
414 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
415 @* Link: @url{http://www.raisonance.com/products/RLink.php}
416 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
417 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
418 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
419 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
420 @end itemize
421
422 @section USB Other
423 @itemize @bullet
424 @item @b{USBprog}
425 @* Link: @url{http://www.embedded-projects.net/usbprog} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
426
427 @item @b{USB - Presto}
428 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
429
430 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
431 @* Link: @url{http://www.simonqian.com/en/Versaloon}
432
433 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
434 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
435
436 @item @b{Buspirate}
437 @* Link: @url{http://dangerousprototypes.com/bus-pirate-manual/}
438 @end itemize
439
440 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
441
442 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
443 and the MacGraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
444 these on the market.
445
446 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
447 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
448 of USB-based ones.
449
450 @itemize @bullet
451
452 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
453 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
454
455 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
456 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
457 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
458
459 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
460 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
461
462 @item @b{GW16402}
463 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
464
465 @item @b{Wiggler2}
466 @*@uref{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/@/~michaels/@/index.php/hardware/@/armjtag,
467 Improved parallel-port wiggler-style JTAG adapter}
468
469 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
470 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
471
472 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
473 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
474
475 @item @b{arm-jtag}
476 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
477
478 @item @b{chameleon}
479 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
480
481 @item @b{Triton}
482 @* Unknown.
483
484 @item @b{Lattice}
485 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
486 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
487
488 @item @b{flashlink}
489 @* From ST Microsystems;
490 @uref{http://www.st.com/stonline/@/products/literature/um/7889.pdf,
491 FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD}
492
493 @end itemize
494
495 @section Other...
496 @itemize @bullet
497
498 @item @b{ep93xx}
499 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
500
501 @item @b{at91rm9200}
502 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
503
504 @end itemize
505
506 @node About JIM-Tcl
507 @chapter About JIM-Tcl
508 @cindex JIM Tcl
509 @cindex tcl
510
511 OpenOCD includes a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as JIM-Tcl.
512 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
513 command interpreter.
514
515 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to JIM-Tcl.
516 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
517 much of anything about Tcl.
518 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
519
520 You can learn more about JIM at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
521
522 @itemize @bullet
523 @item @b{JIM vs. Tcl}
524 @* JIM-TCL is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
525 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. JIM-Tcl has far
526 fewer features. JIM-Tcl is a single .C file and a single .H file and
527 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
528 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
529
530 @item @b{Missing Features}
531 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
532 needed. We welcome JIM Tcl improvements, not bloat.
533
534 @item @b{Scripts}
535 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are JIM Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
536 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
537 JIM-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
538
539 @item @b{Commands}
540 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB monitor command) one
541 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
542 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
543 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
544
545 @item @b{Historical Note}
546 @* JIM-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008.
547
548 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
549 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
550 @end itemize
551
552 @node Running
553 @chapter Running
554 @cindex command line options
555 @cindex logfile
556 @cindex directory search
557
558 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
559 to the debug adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
560 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. MS-Windows needs
561 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
562 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
563
564 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
565 tell it how each debug session should work.
566 The @option{--help} option shows:
567 @verbatim
568 bash$ openocd --help
569
570 --help | -h display this help
571 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
572 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
573 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
574 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
575 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
576 --command | -c run <command>
577 @end verbatim
578
579 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
580 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
581 To specify one or more different
582 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
583
584 @example
585 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
586 @end example
587
588 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
589 @enumerate
590 @item the current directory,
591 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
592 @item any search dir specified using the @command{add_script_search_dir} command,
593 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
594 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
595 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
596 @end enumerate
597 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
598
599 @quotation Note
600 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
601 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
602 @end quotation
603
604 @section Simple setup, no customization
605
606 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
607 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
608 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
609 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
610 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
611
612 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
613 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
614 the server like:
615
616 @example
617 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
618 @end example
619
620 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
621 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
622 If all goes well you'll see output something like
623
624 @example
625 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
626 For bug reports, read
627 http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
628 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
629 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
630 @end example
631
632 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
633 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
634 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
635
636 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
637
638 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
639 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
640 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
641 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
642 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
643 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
644 ensure that this always succeeds.
645 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
646 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
647 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
648 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
649
650 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
651 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
652 those channels.
653
654 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
655 the @option{-d} option.
656
657 Also it is possible to interleave JIM-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
658 @option{-c} command line switch.
659
660 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
661 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
662 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
663 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
664 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
665 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
666 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
667
668 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
669 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
670
671 For details on the @option{-p} option. @xref{Connecting to GDB}.
672
673 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
674 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
675 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
676 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
677
678 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
679 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
680
681 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
682 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
683 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
684 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
685 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
686 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
687 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
688
689 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
690
691 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
692 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
693 and a USB cable on the other.
694 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
695 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
696
697 @enumerate
698 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
699 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
700 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
701 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
702 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
703 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
704 debugging host.
705
706 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
707 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
708 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
709 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
710 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
711
712 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
713 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
714 with 1.2 Volt boards.
715
716 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
717 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
718 ways to connect the cable.
719 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
720 Be sure it's firmly connected.
721
722 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
723 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
724 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
725 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
726 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
727 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
728 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
729 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
730
731 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
732 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
733 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
734 but are tedious to set up.
735 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
736 adapter signals to the right board pins.
737
738 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
739 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
740 you are using to run OpenOCD.
741 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
742
743 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
744 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
745 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
746
747 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
748 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
749 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
750
751 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
752 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
753 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
754 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
755
756 @end enumerate
757
758 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
759 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
760 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
761
762 @section Project Directory
763
764 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
765
766 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
767 single directory for your work with a given board.
768 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
769 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
770 files accessed through semihosting,
771 and for code you upload to the target board.
772 It is also the natural place to write files,
773 such as log files and data you download from the board.
774
775 @section Configuration Basics
776
777 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
778 a variety of ways you can mix them.
779 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
780
781 @itemize
782 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
783 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
784 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
785 @end itemize
786
787 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
788 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
789 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
790
791 @example
792 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
793
794 # GDB can also flash my flash!
795 gdb_memory_map enable
796 gdb_flash_program enable
797
798 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
799 @end example
800
801 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
802
803 @example
804 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
805 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
806 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
807 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
808 @end example
809
810 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
811 each supporting a different development task.
812 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
813 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
814
815 @quotation Important
816 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
817 problems with how it treats variables.
818 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
819 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
820 that can be tested in a later script.
821 @end quotation
822
823 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
824 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
825 to simplify your work.
826
827 @section User Config Files
828 @cindex config file, user
829 @cindex user config file
830 @cindex config file, overview
831
832 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
833 in one place.
834 One of the following will match your situation best:
835
836 @itemize
837 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
838 provided by someone else.
839 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
840 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
841 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
842 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
843 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
844 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
845
846 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
847 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
848
849 @enumerate
850 @item @b{interface} -- one for each different debug adapter;
851 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
852 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
853 @end enumerate
854
855 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
856 The first is an interface config file.
857 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
858 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
859 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
860 meet your deadline:
861
862 @example
863 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
864 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
865 @end example
866
867 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
868 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
869 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
870 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
871
872 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
873 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
874 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
875 Once you find the JTAG TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
876 target and board
877 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
878 @xref{Autoprobing}.
879
880 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
881 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
882 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
883 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
884
885 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
886 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
887 giving access to your particular flash chips.
888 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
889 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
890
891 @quotation Note
892 When you write new configuration files, please submit
893 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
894 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
895 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
896 will help support users of any board using that chip.
897 @end quotation
898
899 @item
900 You may may need to write some C code.
901 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
902 based adapter; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
903 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
904 a new chip architecture.
905 @end itemize
906
907 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
908 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
909 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
910
911 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
912 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
913 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
914 @itemize
915
916 @item
917 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
918 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
919 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
920 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
921
922 @item
923 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
924 @cindex vector_catch
925 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
926 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
927 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
928 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
929 along with messaging and tracing setup.
930 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
931
932 @item
933 You might need to override some defaults.
934 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
935 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
936
937 @item
938 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
939 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
940 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
941 @end itemize
942
943 @section Project-Specific Utilities
944
945 A few project-specific utility
946 routines may well speed up your work.
947 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
948
949 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
950 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
951 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
952 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
953 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
954 may help:
955
956 @example
957 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
958 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
959 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
960 # Leave the CPU halted.
961 reset init
962
963 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
964 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
965
966 # Start running.
967 resume 0x20000000
968 @}
969 @end example
970
971 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
972 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
973 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
974 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
975 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
976
977 @example
978 proc newboot @{ @} @{
979 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
980 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
981 # "reset halt" would be slower.
982 reset init
983
984 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
985 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
986 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
987 flash protect 0 0 1 off
988 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
989 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
990 flash protect 0 0 1 on
991
992 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
993 reset run
994 @}
995 @end example
996
997 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
998 from NAND.
999 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
1000 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
1001 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
1002
1003 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
1004 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
1005
1006 @section Target Software Changes
1007
1008 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
1009 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
1010 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
1011 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
1012 handling issues like:
1013
1014 @itemize @bullet
1015
1016 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
1017 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
1018 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
1019 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
1020 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
1021 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
1022 your debug sessions.
1023
1024 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
1025 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
1026 That might however be your only option.
1027
1028 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
1029 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
1030 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
1031 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
1032 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
1033 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
1034 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
1035 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
1036 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
1037 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
1038 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
1039 instead of the whole thing.
1040 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
1041 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
1042
1043 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
1044 @cindex ARM semihosting
1045 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
1046 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
1047 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
1048 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
1049 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1050 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1051 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1052 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1053 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1054 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1055 NAND or SPI flash.
1056
1057 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1058 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1059 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1060 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1061 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1062
1063 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1064 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1065 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1066 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1067 registers which can be used to change various features including
1068 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1069 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1070 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1071 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1072 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1073
1074 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1075 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1076 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1077 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1078 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1079
1080 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1081 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1082 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1083 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1084 early code execution can be debugged
1085 or firmware can be replaced.
1086
1087 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1088 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1089 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1090 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1091 operations like writing to memory.)
1092
1093 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1094 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1095 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1096 various kinds of message.
1097 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1098
1099 @end itemize
1100
1101 @section Target Hardware Setup
1102
1103 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1104 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1105 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1106 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1107 working with.}
1108
1109 Common issues include:
1110
1111 @itemize @bullet
1112
1113 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1114 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1115 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1116 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1117 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1118 or one from a daughtercard).
1119 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1120 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1121
1122 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1123 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1124 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1125 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1126 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1127 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1128
1129 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1130 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1131 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1132 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1133 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1134
1135
1136 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1137 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1138 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1139 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1140 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1141 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1142 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1143
1144 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1145 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1146 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1147 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1148 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1149
1150 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1151 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1152 used to start booting.
1153
1154 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1155 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1156 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1157 multiple audio codec chips).
1158 This interacts with software
1159 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1160 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1161 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1162 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1163 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1164 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1165 audio or video codecs are used.
1166
1167 @end itemize
1168
1169 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1170 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1171 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1172 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1173 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1174 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1175 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1176 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1177 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1178 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1179
1180
1181 @node Config File Guidelines
1182 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1183
1184 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1185 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1186 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1187 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1188
1189 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1190 with files including the ones listed here.
1191 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1192 @itemize @bullet
1193 @item @file{interface} ...
1194 These are for debug adapters.
1195 Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1196 @example
1197 $ ls interface
1198 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1199 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1200 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1201 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1202 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
1203 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1204 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1205 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1206 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1207 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
1208 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
1209 $
1210 @end example
1211 @item @file{board} ...
1212 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1213 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1214 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1215 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1216 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1217 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1218 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1219 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1220 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1221 a CPU and an FPGA.
1222 @example
1223 $ ls board
1224 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
1225 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
1226 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
1227 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1228 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
1229 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1230 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1231 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1232 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1233 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1234 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1235 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
1236 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1237 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1238 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1239 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1240 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1241 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
1242 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1243 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
1244 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1245 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
1246 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
1247 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1248 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
1249 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
1250 $
1251 @end example
1252 @item @file{target} ...
1253 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1254 on a chip
1255 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1256 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1257 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1258 the target config file defines all of them.
1259 @example
1260 $ ls target
1261 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
1262 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
1263 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
1264 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
1265 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
1266 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1267 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1268 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1269 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1270 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1271 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1272 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1273 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1274 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32.cfg
1275 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1276 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1277 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1278 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1279 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1280 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1281 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1282 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1283 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1284 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1285 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1286 $
1287 @end example
1288 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1289 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1290 @end itemize
1291
1292 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1293 file may override features in any of the above files by
1294 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1295 commands specific to their situation.
1296
1297 @section Interface Config Files
1298
1299 The user config file
1300 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1301
1302 @example
1303 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1304 @end example
1305
1306 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every debug adapter
1307 in use today with OpenOCD.
1308 That said, perhaps some of these config files
1309 have only been used by the developer who created it.
1310
1311 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1312 @xref{Debug Adapter Configuration}.
1313 Read the OpenOCD source code (and Developer's GUide)
1314 if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1315 and need to provide a driver for it.
1316
1317 @section Board Config Files
1318 @cindex config file, board
1319 @cindex board config file
1320
1321 The user config file
1322 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1323
1324 @example
1325 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1326 @end example
1327
1328 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1329 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1330 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1331
1332 @enumerate
1333 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1334 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1335 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1336 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1337 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1338 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1339 @end enumerate
1340
1341 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1342 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1343 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1344 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1345
1346 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1347 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1348 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1349 configuration works.
1350
1351 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1352
1353 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1354 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1355 convention on how to use certain variables.
1356
1357 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but JIM-Tcl does not.
1358 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1359 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1360 used at will within a target configuration file.
1361
1362 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1363 for a board with three chips:
1364
1365 @example
1366 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1367 set CHIPNAME network
1368 set ENDIAN big
1369 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1370 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1371 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1372 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1373
1374 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1375 set CHIPNAME video
1376 set ENDIAN little
1377 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1378 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1379 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1380 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1381
1382 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1383 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1384 unset ENDIAN
1385 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1386 @end example
1387
1388 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1389 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1390 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1391 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1392 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1393 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1394 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1395 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1396
1397 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1398 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1399 naming collisions.
1400
1401 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1402 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1403 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1404 up other clocks and peripherals.
1405
1406 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1407 @cindex variable names
1408
1409 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1410 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1411 one such chip (as shown above).
1412 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1413 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1414 to promote consistency and
1415 so that board files can override target defaults.
1416
1417 Inputs to target config files include:
1418
1419 @itemize @bullet
1420 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1421 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1422 tap identifier dotted names.
1423 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1424 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1425 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1426 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1427 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1428 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1429 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1430 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1431 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1432 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1433 @end itemize
1434
1435 Outputs from target config files include:
1436
1437 @itemize @bullet
1438 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1439 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1440 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1441 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1442 specific to that board and that target.
1443 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1444 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1445 @end itemize
1446
1447 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1448 @cindex event, reset-init
1449 @cindex reset-init handler
1450
1451 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1452 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1453 fully set up yet.
1454 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1455 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1456 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1457 handler is one of the most important.
1458
1459 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1460 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1461 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1462 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1463 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1464
1465 @quotation Note
1466 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1467 are included here.
1468 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1469 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1470 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1471 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1472 @end quotation
1473
1474 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1475 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1476 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1477 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1478 those as parameters.
1479 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1480 and disabling the watchdog.
1481 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1482 the next developer doing such work.
1483 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1484
1485 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1486 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1487 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1488 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1489
1490 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1491
1492 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1493 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1494 a low JTAG clock rate.
1495 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1496 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1497 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1498 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1499 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1500 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1501 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1502
1503 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1504 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1505 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1506 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1507 which might be less than that.
1508
1509 @quotation Warning
1510 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1511 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1512 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1513 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1514 @end quotation
1515
1516 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1517 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1518 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1519 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{adapter_khz}.
1520 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1521 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1522
1523 @section Target Config Files
1524 @cindex config file, target
1525 @cindex target config file
1526
1527 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1528 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1529 more target config files like this:
1530
1531 @example
1532 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1533 @end example
1534
1535 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1536 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1537 In summary the target files should contain
1538
1539 @enumerate
1540 @item Set defaults
1541 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1542 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1543 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1544 @item On-Chip flash
1545 @end enumerate
1546
1547 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1548 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1549 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1550
1551 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1552 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1553 can talk to the chip.
1554 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1555 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1556 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1557 and other processing engines.
1558
1559 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1560
1561 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1562 letting board config files express environment-specific
1563 differences in how things should be set up.
1564
1565 @example
1566 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1567 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1568 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1569 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1570 @} else @{
1571 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1572 @}
1573
1574 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1575 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1576 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1577 @} else @{
1578 set _ENDIAN little
1579 @}
1580
1581 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1582 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1583 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1584 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1585 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1586 @} else @{
1587 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1588 @}
1589 @end example
1590 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1591
1592 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1593 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1594 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1595
1596 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1597 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1598 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1599
1600 @example
1601 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1602 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1603 @end example
1604
1605 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1606 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1607 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1608 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1609 for taps.
1610
1611 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1612 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1613 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1614 looks (in part) like this:
1615
1616 @example
1617 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1618 @end example
1619
1620 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1621 to source such a config file twice, with different
1622 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1623 it adds a different TAP each time.
1624
1625 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1626 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1627 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1628 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1629
1630 @example
1631 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1632 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1633 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1634 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1635 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1636 @end example
1637
1638 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1639 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1640
1641 @itemize
1642 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1643 plus a JRC to enable them
1644 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1645 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1646 is not currently used)
1647 @end itemize
1648
1649 @subsection Add CPU targets
1650
1651 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1652 GDB and other commands can use it.
1653 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1654 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1655 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1656 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1657
1658 @example
1659 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1660 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1661 @end example
1662
1663 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1664 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1665 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1666 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1667 a work area if you can.
1668 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1669
1670 @example
1671 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1672 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1673 @end example
1674
1675 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1676
1677 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1678 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1679 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1680
1681 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1682 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1683 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1684 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1685 both signals.
1686
1687 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1688 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1689 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1690 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1691 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1692 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1693 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1694 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1695 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1696 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1697 not available.)
1698
1699 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1700 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1701 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1702 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1703 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1704 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1705 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1706 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1707
1708 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1709 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1710 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1711 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1712 slower clock than they will use later.
1713 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1714 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1715 than they will use later.
1716 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1717
1718 @quotation Important
1719 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1720 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1721 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1722 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1723 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1724 @end quotation
1725
1726 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1727
1728 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1729 special high speed download features - enable it.
1730
1731 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1732
1733 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1734 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1735 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1736 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1737 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1738 If you are using an external trace port,
1739 configure it in your board config file.
1740 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1741 configure it in your target config file.
1742
1743 @example
1744 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1745 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1746 @end example
1747
1748 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1749
1750 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1751
1752 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1753 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1754 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1755 the TARGET (chip) file.
1756
1757 Examples:
1758 @itemize @bullet
1759 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1760 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1761 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1762 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1763 @end itemize
1764
1765 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1766 @section Translating Configuration Files
1767 @cindex translation
1768 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1769 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1770 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1771 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1772 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1773 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1774
1775 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1776 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1777 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1778 convert other scripts later on.
1779
1780 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1781 replace job:
1782
1783 @example
1784 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1785 #
1786 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1787 #
1788 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1789 #
1790 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1791
1792 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1793 global TARGETNAME
1794
1795 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1796
1797 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1798 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1799 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1800 @}
1801 @end example
1802
1803
1804
1805 @node Daemon Configuration
1806 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1807 @cindex initialization
1808 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1809 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1810 supported.
1811
1812 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1813 @section Configuration Stage
1814 @cindex configuration stage
1815 @cindex config command
1816
1817 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1818 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1819 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1820 Normally, configuration commands are only available
1821 inside startup scripts.
1822
1823 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
1824 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
1825 which may be issued interactively.
1826 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
1827 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
1828
1829 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
1830 flash banks,
1831 the interface used for JTAG communication,
1832 and other basic setup.
1833 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
1834 may access or activate TAPs.
1835 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
1836 longer be issued.
1837
1838 @section Entering the Run Stage
1839
1840 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
1841 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
1842 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1843 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
1844 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
1845 You should see no errors at this point.
1846 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
1847 commands you used to configure the server.
1848 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
1849 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
1850 on the scan chain.
1851
1852 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
1853 become available.
1854 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
1855 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
1856 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
1857 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
1858 entry to the run stage.
1859
1860 @deffn {Config Command} init
1861 This command terminates the configuration stage and
1862 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
1863 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
1864 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
1865 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
1866 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
1867
1868 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
1869 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
1870 configuration files and/or command line options.
1871
1872 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
1873 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
1874 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
1875 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
1876 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
1877 @end deffn
1878
1879 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
1880 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
1881 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1882
1883 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
1884 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
1885 scan chain.
1886 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
1887 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
1888
1889 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
1890 they return.
1891 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
1892 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
1893 @end deffn
1894
1895 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
1896 @section TCP/IP Ports
1897 @cindex TCP port
1898 @cindex server
1899 @cindex port
1900 @cindex security
1901 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
1902 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
1903 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
1904
1905 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
1906 access using one or more of these ports.
1907 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
1908 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
1909 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
1910
1911 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
1912 @cindex GDB server
1913 Specify or query the first port used for incoming GDB connections.
1914 The GDB port for the
1915 first target will be gdb_port, the second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
1916 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1917 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
1918 When specified as zero, GDB remote access ports are not activated.
1919 @end deffn
1920
1921 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
1922 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
1923 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
1924 output from the Tcl engine.
1925 Intended as a machine interface.
1926 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1927 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
1928 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1929 @end deffn
1930
1931 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
1932 Specify or query the
1933 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
1934 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
1935 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1936 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
1937 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1938 @end deffn
1939
1940 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
1941 @section GDB Configuration
1942 @cindex GDB
1943 @cindex GDB configuration
1944 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
1945 The ones listed here are static and global.
1946 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
1947 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
1948
1949 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
1950 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
1951 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
1952 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
1953 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
1954 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
1955 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
1956 @end deffn
1957
1958 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
1959 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1960 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
1961 vFlash packet is received.
1962 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1963 @end deffn
1964
1965 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1966 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
1967 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
1968 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
1969 for flash programming to work.
1970 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1971 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
1972 @end deffn
1973
1974 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1975 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
1976 by GDB memory read packets.
1977 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
1978 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
1979 @end deffn
1980
1981 @anchor{Event Polling}
1982 @section Event Polling
1983
1984 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
1985 where significant events can happen at any time.
1986 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
1987 so it can report them to through TCL command line
1988 or to GDB.
1989
1990 Examples of such events include:
1991
1992 @itemize
1993 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
1994 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
1995 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
1996 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
1997 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
1998 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
1999 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
2000 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
2001 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
2002 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
2003 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
2004 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
2005 @end itemize
2006
2007 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
2008 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
2009 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
2010 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
2011 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
2012
2013 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
2014 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
2015 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
2016 to the various active targets.
2017 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
2018 which is normally done in the background.
2019
2020 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2021 Poll the current target for its current state.
2022 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
2023 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
2024 specific information about the current state is printed.
2025 An optional parameter
2026 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
2027
2028 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
2029 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
2030 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
2031 @example
2032 > poll
2033 background polling: on
2034 target state: halted
2035 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
2036 current mode: Supervisor
2037 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
2038 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
2039 >
2040 @end example
2041 @end deffn
2042
2043 @node Debug Adapter Configuration
2044 @chapter Debug Adapter Configuration
2045 @cindex config file, interface
2046 @cindex interface config file
2047
2048 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
2049 OpenOCD access to debug adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
2050 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
2051
2052 @quotation Note
2053 Because OpenOCD started out with a focus purely on JTAG, you may find
2054 places where it wrongly presumes JTAG is the only transport protocol
2055 in use. Be aware that recent versions of OpenOCD are removing that
2056 limitation. JTAG remains more functional than most other transports.
2057 Other transports do not support boundary scan operations, or may be
2058 specific to a given chip vendor. Some might be usable only for
2059 programming flash memory, instead of also for debugging.
2060 @end quotation
2061
2062 Debug Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2063 through commands in an interface configuration
2064 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2065 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2066
2067 @example
2068 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2069 @end example
2070
2071 These commands tell
2072 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2073 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2074
2075 @example
2076 # jlink interface
2077 interface jlink
2078 @end example
2079
2080 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2081
2082
2083 @section Interface Configuration
2084
2085 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of debug adapter you are
2086 using. Depending on the type of adapter, you may need to use one or
2087 more additional commands to further identify or configure the adapter.
2088
2089 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2090 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2091 target.
2092 @end deffn
2093
2094 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2095 List the debug adapter drivers that have been built into
2096 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2097 @end deffn
2098 @deffn Command {interface transports} transport_name+
2099 Specifies the transports supported by this debug adapter.
2100 The adapter driver builds-in similar knowledge; use this only
2101 when external configuration (such as jumpering) changes what
2102 the hardware can support.
2103 @end deffn
2104
2105
2106
2107 @deffn Command {adapter_name}
2108 Returns the name of the debug adapter driver being used.
2109 @end deffn
2110
2111 @section Interface Drivers
2112
2113 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2114 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2115 available at run time.
2116
2117 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2118 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2119 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2120 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2121
2122 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2123 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2124 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2125 @end deffn
2126
2127 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2128 Displays status of RTCK option.
2129 Optionally sets that option first.
2130 @end deffn
2131 @end deffn
2132
2133 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2134 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2135 This has one driver-specific command:
2136
2137 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2138 Logs some status
2139 @end deffn
2140 @end deffn
2141
2142 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2143 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2144 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2145 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2146 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2147 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2148 @end deffn
2149
2150 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2151 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2152 @end deffn
2153
2154 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2155 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2156 @end deffn
2157
2158 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2159 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2160 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2161 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2162
2163 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2164 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2165 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2166 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2167 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2168 @end deffn
2169
2170 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2171 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2172 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2173 is connected to the host.
2174 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2175 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2176 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2177 @end deffn
2178
2179 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2180 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2181 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2182 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2183 @itemize @minus
2184 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2185 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2186 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2187 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2188 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2189 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2190 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2191 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2192 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most Luminary
2193 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2194 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2195 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2196 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2197 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2198 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2199 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2200 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2201 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2202 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2203 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2204 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2205 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2206 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2207 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2208 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2209 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2210 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2211 @end itemize
2212 @end deffn
2213
2214 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2215 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2216 default values are used.
2217 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2218 @example
2219 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2220 @end example
2221 @end deffn
2222
2223 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2224 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2225 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2226 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2227 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2228 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2229 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2230 @end deffn
2231
2232 For example, the interface config file for a
2233 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2234
2235 @example
2236 interface ft2232
2237 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2238 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2239 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2240 @end example
2241 @end deffn
2242
2243 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2244 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2245 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2246 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2247
2248 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2249 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2250 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2251 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2252 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2253 @end deffn
2254
2255 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2256 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2257 default values are used.
2258 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2259 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2260 @example
2261 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2262 @end example
2263 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2264 @example
2265 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2266 @end example
2267 @end deffn
2268
2269 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2270 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2271 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2272 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2273
2274 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2275 @example
2276 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2277 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2278 @end example
2279 @end deffn
2280
2281 @end deffn
2282
2283 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2284 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2285 This has one driver-specific command:
2286
2287 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2288 Display either the address of the I/O port
2289 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2290 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2291 This is a write-once setting.
2292 @end deffn
2293 @end deffn
2294
2295 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2296 Segger jlink USB adapter
2297 @c command: jlink_info
2298 @c dumps status
2299 @c command: jlink_hw_jtag (2|3)
2300 @c sets version 2 or 3
2301 @end deffn
2302
2303 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2304 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2305 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2306 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2307 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2308
2309 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2310 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2311 This is a write-once setting.
2312 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2313
2314 @itemize @minus
2315 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2316 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2317 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2318 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2319 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2320 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2321 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2322 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2323 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2324 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2325 some versions of
2326 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2327 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2328 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2329 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2330 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2331 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2332 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2333 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2334 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2335 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2336 @end itemize
2337 @end deffn
2338
2339 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2340 Display either the address of the I/O port
2341 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2342 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2343 This is a write-once setting.
2344
2345 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2346 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2347 you may encounter a problem.
2348 @end deffn
2349
2350 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2351 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2352 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2353 @command{adapter_khz} configuration.
2354 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2355 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2356
2357 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2358 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2359 @quotation Tip
2360 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2361 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2362 @example
2363 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2364 > adapter_khz 500
2365 @end example
2366 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2367 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2368 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2369 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2370 large set of samples.
2371 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2372 @example
2373 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2374 @end example
2375 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{adapter_khz rate}
2376 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2377
2378 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2379 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2380 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2381 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2382 match for the adapter_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2383 @end quotation
2384 @end deffn
2385
2386 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2387 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2388 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2389 @end deffn
2390
2391 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2392 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2393
2394 @example
2395 interface parport
2396 parport_port 0x278
2397 parport_cable wiggler
2398 @end example
2399 @end deffn
2400
2401 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2402 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2403 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
2404 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
2405 @end deffn
2406 @end deffn
2407
2408 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2409 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2410 @end deffn
2411
2412 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2413 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2414 @end deffn
2415
2416 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2417 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2418
2419 @quotation Note
2420 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2421 which are not currently documented here.
2422 @end quotation
2423 @end deffn
2424
2425 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2426 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2427 @end deffn
2428
2429 @quotation Note
2430 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2431 which are not currently documented here.
2432 @end quotation
2433
2434 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2435 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2436 No arguments: print status.
2437 @end deffn
2438
2439 @section Transport Configuration
2440 As noted earlier, depending on the version of OpenOCD you use,
2441 and the debug adapter you are using,
2442 several transports may be available to
2443 communicate with debug targets (or perhaps to program flash memory).
2444 @deffn Command {transport list}
2445 displays the names of the transports supported by this
2446 version of OpenOCD.
2447 @end deffn
2448
2449 @deffn Command {transport select} transport_name
2450 Select which of the supported transports to use in this OpenOCD session.
2451 The transport must be supported by the debug adapter hardware and by the
2452 version of OPenOCD you are using (including the adapter's driver).
2453 No arguments: returns name of session's selected transport.
2454 @end deffn
2455
2456 @subsection JTAG Transport
2457 JTAG is the original transport supported by OpenOCD, and most
2458 of the OpenOCD commands support it.
2459 JTAG transports expose a chain of one or more Test Access Points (TAPs),
2460 each of which must be explicitly declared.
2461 JTAG supports both debugging and boundary scan testing.
2462 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
2463 @subsection SWD Transport
2464 SWD (Serial Wire Debug) is an ARM-specific transport which exposes one
2465 Debug Access Point (DAP, which must be explicitly declared.
2466 (SWD uses fewer signal wires than JTAG.)
2467 SWD is debug-oriented, and does not support boundary scan testing.
2468 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
2469 (Some processors support both JTAG and SWD.)
2470 @subsection SPI Transport
2471 The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) is a general purpose transport
2472 which uses four wire signaling. Some processors use it as part of a
2473 solution for flash programming.
2474
2475 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2476 @section JTAG Speed
2477 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2478 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2479 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2480 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2481 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2482 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2483 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2484 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2485 power management software that may be active.
2486
2487 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2488 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2489 target event handler.
2490 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2491 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2492 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2493 sets up those clocks).
2494 @xref{Target Events}.
2495 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2496 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2497 in the target config file.
2498 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2499 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2500 config file instead.
2501 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2502 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2503 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2504
2505 @example
2506 jtag_rclk 3000
2507 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2508 @end example
2509
2510 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2511 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2512 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2513 may not be the fastest solution.
2514
2515 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2516 instead of @command{adapter_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
2517 which support adaptive clocking.
2518
2519 @deffn {Command} adapter_khz max_speed_kHz
2520 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2521 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2522 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2523 than the speed specified.
2524
2525 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2526 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2527 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2528 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2529
2530 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2531 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2532 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2533 JTAG clocking after setup.
2534 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2535 If the interface device can not
2536 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2537 @end deffn
2538
2539 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2540 @cindex adaptive clocking
2541 @cindex RTCK
2542 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2543 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2544 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2545 @example
2546 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2547 jtag_rclk 3000
2548 @end example
2549 @end defun
2550
2551 @node Reset Configuration
2552 @chapter Reset Configuration
2553 @cindex Reset Configuration
2554
2555 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2556 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2557 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2558 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2559 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2560 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2561 Please see the various board files for examples.
2562
2563 @quotation Note
2564 To maintainers and integrators:
2565 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2566 Normally the board configuration file
2567 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2568 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2569
2570 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2571 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2572 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2573 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2574 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2575 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2576 @end quotation
2577
2578 @section Types of Reset
2579
2580 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2581 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2582 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2583
2584 @itemize @bullet
2585 @item
2586 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2587 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2588 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2589 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2590 @item
2591 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2592 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2593 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2594 device's the TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2595 @item
2596 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2597 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2598 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2599 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2600 @item
2601 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2602 several other types of reset.
2603 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2604 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2605 There may be individual module resets.
2606 @end itemize
2607
2608 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2609 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2610 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2611 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2612 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2613 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2614 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2615 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2616 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2617
2618 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2619 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2620
2621 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2622 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2623 common issues are:
2624
2625 @itemize @bullet
2626
2627 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2628 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2629 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2630 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2631 when either of those signals is not connected.
2632 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2633 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2634 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG level resets can
2635 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2636
2637 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2638 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2639 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2640 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2641
2642 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2643 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2644 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2645 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2646 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2647 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2648 hardware debouncing.
2649 Use the @command{adapter_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2650 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2651
2652 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2653 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2654 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2655 to use push/pull output drivers.
2656 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2657 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2658 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2659 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2660
2661 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2662 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2663 issues (not limited to errata).
2664 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2665 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2666 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2667 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2668 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2669 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2670 @end itemize
2671
2672 There can also be other issues.
2673 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2674 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2675 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2676 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2677 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2678 Agreement (NDA).
2679
2680 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2681 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2682 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2683
2684 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2685 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2686
2687 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2688
2689 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2690 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2691 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2692 allowing it to be deasserted.
2693 @end deffn
2694
2695 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2696 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2697 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2698 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2699 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2700 @end deffn
2701
2702 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
2703 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2704 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
2705 allowing it to be deasserted.
2706 @end deffn
2707
2708 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
2709 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2710 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2711 @end deffn
2712
2713 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
2714 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
2715 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
2716 configuration scripts.
2717
2718 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
2719 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
2720 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
2721 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
2722 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
2723 from a particular combination of interface and board.
2724 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
2725 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
2726
2727 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
2728 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
2729 @var{gates},
2730 @var{trst_type},
2731 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
2732 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
2733 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
2734 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
2735 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
2736 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
2737
2738 @itemize
2739 @item
2740 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
2741 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
2742 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
2743 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
2744 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
2745
2746 @quotation Tip
2747 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
2748 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
2749 @end quotation
2750
2751 @item
2752 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
2753 signal implementations.
2754 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
2755 indicating everything behaves normally.
2756 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
2757 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
2758 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
2759 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
2760 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
2761 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
2762 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
2763
2764 @item
2765 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
2766 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
2767 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
2768 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
2769 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
2770 while SRST is asserted.
2771 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
2772 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
2773 @end itemize
2774
2775 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
2776 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
2777 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
2778 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
2779 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
2780
2781 @itemize
2782 @item
2783 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
2784 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
2785 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
2786 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
2787
2788 @item
2789 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
2790 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
2791 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
2792 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
2793 powerup and pressing a reset button.
2794 @end itemize
2795 @end deffn
2796
2797 @section Custom Reset Handling
2798 @cindex events
2799
2800 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
2801 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
2802 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
2803 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
2804 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
2805 at particular points in the reset sequence.
2806
2807 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
2808 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
2809 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
2810 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
2811 want to reset everything at once.
2812
2813 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
2814 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
2815 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
2816 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
2817 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
2818 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
2819 needs special attention.
2820
2821 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
2822 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
2823 to find a sequence of operations that works.
2824 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
2825 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
2826 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
2827 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
2828 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
2829
2830 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
2831 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
2832 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
2833 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
2834 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
2835
2836 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
2837 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
2838 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
2839 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
2840 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
2841 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
2842 low level reset command (@option{halt},
2843 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
2844 or potentially some other value.
2845
2846 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
2847 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
2848 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
2849 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
2850 (or their associated targets)
2851 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
2852
2853 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2854 they return.
2855 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2856 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2857 @end deffn
2858
2859 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
2860 This validates the scan chain using just the four
2861 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
2862 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
2863 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
2864 matches the TAPs it can observe.
2865 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
2866 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
2867 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
2868 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
2869 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
2870 @end deffn
2871
2872 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
2873 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
2874 everything on the JTAG scan chain
2875 (and anything else connected to SRST).
2876 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
2877 @end deffn
2878
2879
2880 @node TAP Declaration
2881 @chapter TAP Declaration
2882 @cindex TAP declaration
2883 @cindex TAP configuration
2884
2885 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
2886 TAPs serve many roles, including:
2887
2888 @itemize @bullet
2889 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
2890 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
2891 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
2892 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
2893 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
2894 start running that code.
2895 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
2896 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
2897 and missing connections
2898 @end itemize
2899
2900 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
2901 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
2902 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
2903 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
2904 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
2905
2906 @section Scan Chains
2907 @cindex scan chain
2908
2909 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
2910 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
2911 They also need to be added to
2912 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
2913 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
2914 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
2915 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
2916 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
2917 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
2918 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
2919 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
2920
2921 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
2922 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
2923 command, presented in the next chapter.
2924 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
2925 debugging targets.)
2926 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
2927
2928 @verbatim
2929 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
2930 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
2931 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
2932 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
2933 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
2934 @end verbatim
2935
2936 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
2937 of it. @xref{Autoprobing}.
2938 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
2939 because not all devices provide good support for that.
2940 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
2941 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
2942 until they are told to do so.
2943
2944 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
2945 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
2946 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
2947 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
2948
2949 @example
2950 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
2951 @end example
2952
2953 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
2954 by a given chip.
2955 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
2956 and so forth.
2957 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
2958 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
2959 a single chip and between them.
2960 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
2961
2962 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
2963 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
2964 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
2965 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
2966 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
2967 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
2968 includes commands something like this:
2969
2970 @example
2971 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
2972 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
2973 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
2974 @end example
2975
2976 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
2977 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
2978 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
2979
2980 @deffn Command {jtag names}
2981 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
2982 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
2983 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
2984 @example
2985 foreach t [jtag names] @{
2986 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
2987 @}
2988 @end example
2989 @end deffn
2990
2991 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
2992 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
2993 and their status.
2994 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
2995 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
2996 but systems with a JTAG router can
2997 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
2998 @end deffn
2999
3000 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
3001 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
3002
3003 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
3004 @c (on entry to RESET state).
3005
3006 @section TAP Names
3007 @cindex dotted name
3008
3009 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
3010 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
3011 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
3012 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
3013 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
3014 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
3015 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
3016 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
3017
3018 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
3019 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
3020 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
3021
3022 @quotation Tip
3023 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
3024 This feature is still present.
3025 However its use is highly discouraged, and
3026 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
3027 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
3028 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
3029 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
3030 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
3031 @end quotation
3032
3033 @section TAP Declaration Commands
3034
3035 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
3036 @anchor{jtag newtap}
3037 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
3038 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
3039 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
3040
3041 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
3042 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
3043 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
3044 overridable.
3045
3046 @cindex TAP naming convention
3047 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
3048 and should follow this convention:
3049
3050 @itemize @bullet
3051 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
3052 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
3053 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
3054 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
3055 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
3056 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
3057 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
3058 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
3059 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
3060 with a single TAP;
3061 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
3062 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
3063 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
3064 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
3065 @end itemize
3066
3067 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
3068
3069 @itemize @bullet
3070 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
3071 @*The length in bits of the
3072 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
3073 @end itemize
3074
3075 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
3076
3077 @itemize @bullet
3078 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
3079 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
3080 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
3081 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
3082 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
3083 (the TAP is linked in).
3084 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
3085 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
3086 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
3087 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
3088 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
3089 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
3090 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
3091 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
3092 values that were found but not included in the list.
3093
3094 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
3095 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
3096 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
3097 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
3098 hardware to find these values.
3099 @xref{Autoprobing}.
3100 @item @code{-ignore-version}
3101 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
3102 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
3103 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
3104 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
3105 the various chip IDs.
3106 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3107 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3108 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3109 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3110 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3111 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3112 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
3113 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3114 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3115 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3116 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3117 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3118 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3119 @end itemize
3120 @end deffn
3121
3122 @section Other TAP commands
3123
3124 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
3125 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
3126 At this writing this TAP attribute
3127 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3128 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3129 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3130 See the next section for information about the available events.
3131
3132 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3133 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3134 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3135 @end deffn
3136
3137 @anchor{TAP Events}
3138 @section TAP Events
3139 @cindex events
3140 @cindex TAP events
3141
3142 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3143 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3144 The other applies to debugger targets,
3145 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3146
3147 The TAP events currently defined are:
3148
3149 @itemize @bullet
3150 @item @b{post-reset}
3151 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3152 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3153 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3154 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3155 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3156
3157 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3158 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3159 of any particular target.
3160 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3161 @item @b{setup}
3162 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3163 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3164 @item @b{tap-disable}
3165 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3166 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3167 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3168 @item @b{tap-enable}
3169 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3170 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3171 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3172 @end itemize
3173
3174 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3175 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3176 contents to be accurate), you might:
3177
3178 @example
3179 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3180 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3181 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3182 @}
3183 @end example
3184
3185
3186 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
3187 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3188 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3189 @cindex jrc
3190
3191 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3192 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3193 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3194 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3195 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3196
3197 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3198 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3199 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3200 be visible.
3201 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3202 ignores, such as:
3203
3204 @itemize
3205 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3206 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3207 TAPs receive new instructions.
3208 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3209 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3210 @end itemize
3211
3212 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3213 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3214 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3215 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3216
3217 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3218 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3219
3220 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3221 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3222 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3223 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3224 should define TAP event handlers using
3225 code that looks something like this:
3226
3227 @example
3228 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3229 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3230 @}
3231 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3232 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3233 @}
3234 @end example
3235
3236 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3237
3238 @example
3239 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3240 @end example
3241
3242 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3243 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3244 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3245 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3246
3247 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3248 If necessary, disables the tap
3249 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3250 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3251 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3252 and "0" if it is disabled.
3253 @end deffn
3254
3255 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3256 If necessary, enables the tap
3257 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3258 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3259 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3260 and "0" if it is disabled.
3261 @end deffn
3262
3263 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3264 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3265 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3266 and "0" if it is disabled.
3267
3268 @quotation Note
3269 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3270 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3271 @end quotation
3272 @end deffn
3273
3274 @anchor{Autoprobing}
3275 @section Autoprobing
3276 @cindex autoprobe
3277 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3278
3279 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3280 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3281 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3282 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3283
3284 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3285 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3286 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3287 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3288 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3289 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3290 right when they come out of reset).
3291
3292 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3293
3294 @example
3295 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3296 reset_config trst_and_srst
3297 jtag_rclk 8
3298 @end example
3299
3300 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3301 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3302
3303 @enumerate
3304 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3305 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3306 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3307 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3308 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3309 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3310 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3311 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3312 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3313 that is discovered.
3314 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3315 register, it will report it.
3316 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3317 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3318 @end enumerate
3319
3320 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3321 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3322 that's a bit more complex:
3323
3324 @example
3325 clock speed 8 kHz
3326 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3327 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3328 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3329 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3330 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3331 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3332 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3333 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3334 @end example
3335
3336 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3337 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3338 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3339 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3340 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3341 and so forth.
3342
3343 @node CPU Configuration
3344 @chapter CPU Configuration
3345 @cindex GDB target
3346
3347 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3348 You can also access these targets without GDB
3349 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3350 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
3351 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3352 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3353
3354 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3355 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3356
3357 @section Target List
3358 @cindex target, current
3359 @cindex target, list
3360
3361 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3362 where each member has a name.
3363 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3364 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3365 (plural!) command.
3366 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3367 look like with more than one:
3368 @verbatim
3369 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3370 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3371 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3372 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3373 @end verbatim
3374
3375 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3376 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3377 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3378 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3379 space seen by that current target.
3380 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3381 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3382 are examples; and there are many more.
3383
3384 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3385
3386 @deffn Command {target count}
3387 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3388 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3389 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3390
3391 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3392 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3393 @example
3394 set c [target count]
3395 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3396 # Assuming you have created this function
3397 print_target_details $x
3398 @}
3399 @end example
3400 @end deffn
3401
3402 @deffn Command {target current}
3403 Returns the name of the current target.
3404 @end deffn
3405
3406 @deffn Command {target names}
3407 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3408 @example
3409 foreach t [target names] @{
3410 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3411 @}
3412 @end example
3413 @end deffn
3414
3415 @deffn Command {target number} number
3416 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3417 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3418
3419 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3420 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3421 @example
3422 set thename [target number $x]
3423 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3424 @end example
3425 @end deffn
3426
3427 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3428 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3429
3430 @deffn Command targets [name]
3431 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
3432 command names are singular.}
3433
3434 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
3435 targets in a user friendly form.
3436
3437 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
3438 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
3439 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
3440 @end deffn
3441
3442 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
3443 @cindex target type
3444 @cindex CPU type
3445 @cindex CPU variant
3446
3447 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
3448 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
3449 when calling @command{target create}.
3450 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
3451 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
3452 what kind of debug support it integrates,
3453 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
3454 what core-specific commands may be available
3455 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3456 and more.
3457
3458 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3459 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3460 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3461 worked around in some chip versions.
3462
3463 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3464 since there's a command to list them.
3465 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3466 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3467
3468 @anchor{target types}
3469 @deffn Command {target types}
3470 Lists all supported target types.
3471 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3472
3473 @itemize @bullet
3474 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3475 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3476 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3477 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3478 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3479 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3480 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3481 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3482 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3483 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3484 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3485 compact Thumb2 instruction set. It supports one variant:
3486 @itemize @minus
3487 @item @code{lm3s} ... Use this when debugging older Stellaris LM3S targets.
3488 This will cause OpenOCD to use a software reset rather than asserting
3489 SRST, to avoid a issue with clearing the debug registers.
3490 This is fixed in Fury Rev B, DustDevil Rev B, Tempest; these revisions will
3491 be detected and the normal reset behaviour used.
3492 @end itemize
3493 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3494 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
3495 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
3496 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3497 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3498 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3499 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3500 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3501 There are several variants defined:
3502 @itemize @minus
3503 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3504 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3505 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3506 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3507 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
3508 @end itemize
3509 @end itemize
3510 @end deffn
3511
3512 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3513 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3514 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3515 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3516 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3517 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3518 reflect design generations;
3519 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3520 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3521
3522 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3523 @section Target Configuration
3524
3525 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3526 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3527 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3528 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3529 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3530
3531 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3532 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3533 optional parts.
3534 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3535 command, created as part of target creation.
3536
3537 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3538 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3539 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3540 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3541 to be much more board-specific.
3542 The key steps you use might look something like this
3543
3544 @example
3545 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3546 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3547 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3548 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3549 @end example
3550
3551 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3552 on-chip SRAM.
3553 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3554 writes to target memory;
3555 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3556 GDB memory checksumming;
3557 and more.
3558
3559 @quotation Warning
3560 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3561 inaccessible when application code
3562 (such as an operating system)
3563 enables or disables the MMU.
3564 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3565 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3566 easy access to other addresses needed.
3567 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3568 @end quotation
3569
3570 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3571 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3572 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3573 controllers.
3574 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3575 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3576 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3577
3578 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3579 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3580 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3581 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3582 purposes including additional configuration.
3583
3584 @itemize @bullet
3585 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3586 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3587 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3588 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3589
3590 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3591 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3592 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3593 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3594 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3595 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3596 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3597 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3598
3599 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3600 @end itemize
3601 @end deffn
3602
3603 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3604 The options accepted by this command may also be
3605 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3606 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3607 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3608
3609 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3610 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3611 and changing its endianness or variant.
3612
3613 @itemize @bullet
3614
3615 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3616 used to access this target.
3617
3618 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3619 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3620
3621 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3622 @xref{Target Events}.
3623 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3624 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3625 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3626 same event name assigns only one handler.
3627
3628 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3629 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3630
3631 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3632 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3633 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3634 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3635 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3636 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3637 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3638
3639 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
3640 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
3641 or virtual address is being used.
3642
3643 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3644 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3645
3646 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3647 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3648 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
3649 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
3650 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
3651
3652 @end itemize
3653 @end deffn
3654
3655 @section Other $target_name Commands
3656 @cindex object command
3657
3658 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3659 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3660
3661 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3662 Once a button is created a button
3663 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3664 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3665 configure it like this:
3666
3667 @example
3668 # Create
3669 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3670 # Modify
3671 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3672 # Query
3673 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3674 # Report
3675 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3676 @end example
3677
3678 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3679 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3680
3681 @example
3682 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3683 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3684 @end example
3685
3686 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3687
3688 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3689 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3690 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3691 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3692 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3693 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3694 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3695 They are not otherwise documented here.
3696 @end deffn
3697
3698 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3699 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3700 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3701 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3702 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3703 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3704 the target side uses raw memory.
3705
3706 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
3707 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
3708 The script orientation comes from working with data
3709 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
3710 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
3711 and neither store nor return those values.
3712
3713 @itemize
3714 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
3715 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
3716 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
3717 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
3718 @end itemize
3719 @end deffn
3720
3721 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
3722 Each configuration parameter accepted by
3723 @command{$target_name configure}
3724 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
3725 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
3726 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
3727 There are a few special cases:
3728
3729 @itemize @bullet
3730 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
3731 event named @var{event_name}.
3732 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
3733 two parameters.
3734 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
3735 This is a special case because this is set using
3736 @command{target create} and can't be changed
3737 using @command{$target_name configure}.
3738 @end itemize
3739
3740 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
3741 all the targets you might use something like this:
3742
3743 @example
3744 foreach name [target names] @{
3745 set y [$name cget -endian]
3746 set z [$name cget -type]
3747 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
3748 $x $name $y $z]
3749 @}
3750 @end example
3751 @end deffn
3752
3753 @anchor{target curstate}
3754 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
3755 Displays the current target state:
3756 @code{debug-running},
3757 @code{halted},
3758 @code{reset},
3759 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
3760 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
3761 @end deffn
3762
3763 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
3764 Displays a table listing all event handlers
3765 currently associated with this target.
3766 @xref{Target Events}.
3767 @end deffn
3768
3769 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
3770 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
3771 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
3772 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
3773 @end deffn
3774
3775 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
3776 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
3777 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
3778 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
3779 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
3780 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
3781 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
3782 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
3783 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
3784 @end deffn
3785
3786 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
3787 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
3788 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
3789 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3790 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3791 at the specified address @var{addr}.
3792 @end deffn
3793
3794 @anchor{Target Events}
3795 @section Target Events
3796 @cindex target events
3797 @cindex events
3798 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
3799 For example:
3800 @itemize @bullet
3801 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
3802 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
3803 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
3804 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
3805 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
3806 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
3807 to set up system clocks or
3808 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
3809 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
3810 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
3811 @end itemize
3812
3813 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
3814 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
3815 @command{target create ... -event}.
3816
3817 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
3818 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
3819 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
3820
3821 @example
3822 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
3823 echo "Reset..."
3824 reset halt
3825 @}
3826 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
3827 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
3828 echo "Reset..."
3829 # To make flash probe and gdb load to flash work we need a reset init.
3830 reset init
3831 @}
3832 @end example
3833
3834 The following target events are defined:
3835
3836 @itemize @bullet
3837 @item @b{debug-halted}
3838 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
3839 @item @b{debug-resumed}
3840 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
3841 @item @b{early-halted}
3842 @* Occurs early in the halt process
3843 @ignore
3844 @item @b{examine-end}
3845 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
3846 @item @b{examine-start}
3847 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
3848 @end ignore
3849 @item @b{gdb-attach}
3850 @* When GDB connects. This is before any communication with the target, so this
3851 can be used to set up the target so it is possible to probe flash. Probing flash
3852 is necessary during gdb connect if gdb load is to write the image to flash. Another
3853 use of the flash memory map is for GDB to automatically hardware/software breakpoints
3854 depending on whether the breakpoint is in RAM or read only memory.
3855 @item @b{gdb-detach}
3856 @* When GDB disconnects
3857 @item @b{gdb-end}
3858 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
3859 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
3860 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
3861 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
3862 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
3863 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
3864 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
3865 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
3866 @* After GDB writes to the flash
3867 @item @b{gdb-start}
3868 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
3869 @item @b{halted}
3870 @* The target has halted
3871 @ignore
3872 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
3873 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3874 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
3875 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3876 @end ignore
3877 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
3878 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3879 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
3880 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
3881 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
3882 @item @b{reset-assert}
3883 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3884 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
3885 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
3886 it instead of asserting SRST.
3887 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
3888 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
3889 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
3890 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
3891 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3892 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
3893 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
3894 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
3895 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3896 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
3897 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
3898 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3899 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
3900 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
3901 released on the scan chain.
3902 @item @b{reset-end}
3903 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
3904 @ignore
3905 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
3906 @* Currently not used
3907 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
3908 @* Currently not used
3909 @end ignore
3910 @item @b{reset-init}
3911 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
3912 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
3913
3914 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
3915 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
3916 multiplexing, and so on.
3917 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
3918 the target clocks are fully set up.)
3919 @item @b{reset-start}
3920 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3921 before @command{reset_init} is called.
3922
3923 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
3924 or @command{adapter_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
3925 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
3926 @ignore
3927 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
3928 @* Currently not used
3929 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
3930 @* Currently not used
3931 @end ignore
3932 @item @b{resume-start}
3933 @* Before any target is resumed
3934 @item @b{resume-end}
3935 @* After all targets have resumed
3936 @item @b{resume-ok}
3937 @* Success
3938 @item @b{resumed}
3939 @* Target has resumed
3940 @end itemize
3941
3942
3943 @node Flash Commands
3944 @chapter Flash Commands
3945
3946 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
3947 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
3948 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
3949 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
3950 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
3951 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
3952 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
3953 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
3954 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
3955
3956 Flash Steps:
3957 @enumerate
3958 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
3959 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
3960 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
3961 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
3962 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
3963 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
3964 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
3965 @item GDB Flashing
3966 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
3967 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
3968 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
3969 @end enumerate
3970
3971 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
3972 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
3973 so that it can't boot.
3974 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
3975 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
3976
3977 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
3978 @section Flash Configuration Commands
3979 @cindex flash configuration
3980
3981 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
3982 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
3983 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
3984 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
3985 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
3986 see the driver-specific documentation.
3987
3988 @itemize @bullet
3989 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
3990 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
3991 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
3992 associated with the flash bank being declared.
3993 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
3994 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
3995 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
3996 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
3997 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
3998 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
3999 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
4000 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4001 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
4002 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4003 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
4004 commands to the flash controller.
4005 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4006 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
4007 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
4008 for more information.
4009 @end itemize
4010 @quotation Note
4011 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
4012 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
4013 @end quotation
4014 @end deffn
4015
4016 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
4017 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
4018 @deffn Command {flash banks}
4019 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
4020 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4021 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
4022 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
4023 @end deffn
4024
4025 @deffn Command {flash list}
4026 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
4027 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4028 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
4029 @end deffn
4030
4031 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
4032 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
4033 depends on the flash type.
4034 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4035 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
4036 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
4037 but most don't bother.
4038 @end deffn
4039
4040 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
4041 @cindex flash erasing
4042 @cindex flash reading
4043 @cindex flash writing
4044 @cindex flash programming
4045
4046 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
4047 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
4048 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
4049 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
4050 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
4051
4052 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
4053 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
4054 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
4055 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
4056 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
4057
4058 @quotation Note
4059 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
4060 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
4061 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
4062 back to a flash bank.
4063 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
4064 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
4065 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
4066 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
4067 Avoid confusing the two command models.
4068 @end quotation
4069
4070 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
4071 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
4072 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
4073 disabled first.
4074 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
4075 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
4076 @xref{flash protect}.
4077
4078 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
4079 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
4080 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4081 up to and including @var{last}.
4082 Sector numbering starts at 0.
4083 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4084 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4085 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4086 @end deffn
4087
4088 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] [@option{unlock}] address length
4089 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
4090 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
4091 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
4092 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
4093 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
4094 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
4095 the specified length must stay within that bank.
4096 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
4097 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
4098 If @option{unlock} is specified, then the flash is unprotected
4099 before erase starts.
4100 @end deffn
4101
4102 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
4103 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
4104 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4105 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4106 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4107 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4108 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4109 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4110 before issuing this command.
4111 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4112 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4113 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4114 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4115 @end deffn
4116 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4117
4118 @anchor{flash write_bank}
4119 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4120 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4121 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4122 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4123 @end deffn
4124
4125 @anchor{flash write_image}
4126 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4127 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4128 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4129 to the base address for each section in the image.
4130 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4131 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4132 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4133 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4134 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4135 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4136 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4137 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4138 each image section.
4139
4140 @quotation Warning
4141 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4142 data you want to preserve.
4143 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4144 sections might be erased with no notice.
4145 @itemize
4146 @item
4147 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4148 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4149 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4150 @item
4151 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4152 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4153 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4154 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4155 @end itemize
4156 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4157 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4158 @end quotation
4159
4160 @end deffn
4161
4162 @section Other Flash commands
4163 @cindex flash protection
4164
4165 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4166 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4167 and display that status.
4168 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4169 @end deffn
4170
4171 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4172 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4173 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4174 This command will first query the hardware, it does not print cached
4175 and possibly stale information.
4176 @end deffn
4177
4178 @anchor{flash protect}
4179 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4180 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4181 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4182 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4183 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4184 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4185 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4186 @end deffn
4187
4188 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
4189 @section Flash Driver List
4190 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4191 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4192 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4193
4194 @subsection External Flash
4195
4196 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4197 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4198 @cindex CFI
4199 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4200 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4201 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4202 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4203 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4204 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4205 configure a bus and its timings), or
4206 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4207 on the flash chip.
4208 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4209 speed up operation.
4210
4211 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4212
4213 @itemize
4214 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4215 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4216 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4217 @end itemize
4218
4219 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4220 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4221
4222 @example
4223 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4224 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4225 @end example
4226
4227 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4228 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4229 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4230
4231 @example
4232 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4233 @end example
4234
4235 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4236 @end deffn
4237
4238 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4239
4240 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4241 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4242 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4243 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4244 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4245 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4246
4247 @example
4248 flash bank $_FLASHNAME aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4249 @end example
4250 @end deffn
4251
4252 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4253 @cindex at91sam3
4254 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4255 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4256 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4257 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4258 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4259 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4260 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4261 chips are confirmed.}
4262
4263 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4264 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4265 the following fixed locations:
4266
4267 @example
4268 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4269 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4270 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4271 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4272 @end example
4273
4274 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4275 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4276 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4277
4278 @itemize
4279 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4280 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4281 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4282 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4283 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4284 @end itemize
4285
4286 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4287
4288 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4289 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4290 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4291 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4292 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4293 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4294 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4295
4296 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4297 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4298 @end deffn
4299
4300 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4301 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4302 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4303 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4304 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4305 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4306 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4307 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4308 @end deffn
4309
4310 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4311 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4312 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4313 @end deffn
4314 @end deffn
4315
4316 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4317 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4318 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4319 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4320 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4321
4322 @example
4323 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4324 @end example
4325
4326 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
4327 provide additional parameters in the following order:
4328
4329 @itemize
4330 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
4331 @item @var{banks}
4332 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
4333 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
4334 @item @var{pages_size}
4335 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
4336 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
4337 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
4338 @end itemize
4339
4340 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
4341 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
4342 will be autoconfigured.
4343 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
4344
4345 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
4346 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
4347 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4348 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4349 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4350
4351 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4352 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
4353 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4354 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4355 are not truly general purpose).
4356 @quotation Note
4357 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4358 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4359 @end quotation
4360 @end deffn
4361 @end deffn
4362
4363 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4364 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4365 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4366 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4367 @end deffn
4368
4369 @deffn {Flash Driver} ecosflash
4370 @emph{No idea what this is...}
4371 The @var{ecosflash} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4372 the name of a modules of target code which is downloaded
4373 and executed.
4374 @end deffn
4375
4376 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
4377 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
4378 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
4379
4380 @quotation Note
4381 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
4382 driver:
4383 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
4384 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
4385 @end quotation
4386
4387 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
4388 which must appear in the following order:
4389
4390 @itemize
4391 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
4392 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
4393 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
4394 or @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
4395 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
4396 at which the core is running
4397 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
4398 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
4399 @quotation Note
4400 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
4401 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
4402 However, if you do provide it,
4403 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
4404 @end quotation
4405 @end itemize
4406
4407 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4408
4409 @example
4410 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
4411 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
4412 @end example
4413
4414 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
4415 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
4416 the specified flash @var{bank}.
4417 @end deffn
4418 @end deffn
4419
4420 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
4421 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
4422 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
4423 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4424 the programming clock rate in Hz.
4425 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4426
4427 @example
4428 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
4429 @end example
4430 @end deffn
4431
4432 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
4433 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
4434 from NXP.
4435
4436 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
4437 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
4438 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
4439 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
4440 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
4441 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
4442 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
4443 you start the PLL.
4444
4445 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
4446
4447 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
4448 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
4449 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
4450
4451 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
4452 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
4453 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
4454 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
4455 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
4456 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
4457 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
4458
4459 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
4460 @example
4461 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
4462 @end example
4463
4464 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
4465 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
4466 @code{flash banks} command.
4467
4468 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
4469 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
4470 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
4471 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
4472 a known signature.
4473 Example:
4474 @example
4475 lpc2900 signature 0
4476 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
4477 @end example
4478 @end deffn
4479
4480 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
4481 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
4482 saves it to a file in binary format.
4483 Example:
4484 @example
4485 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
4486 @end example
4487 @end deffn
4488
4489 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
4490 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
4491 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
4492 command:
4493
4494 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
4495 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
4496 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
4497 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
4498
4499 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
4500 Example:
4501 @example
4502 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
4503 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
4504 @end example
4505 @end deffn
4506
4507 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
4508 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
4509 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
4510 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
4511 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
4512 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4513 912 bytes.
4514 @quotation Attention
4515 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4516 @end quotation
4517 Example:
4518 @example
4519 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
4520 @end example
4521 @end deffn
4522
4523 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
4524 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4525 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4526 after the next power cycle.
4527 @quotation Attention
4528 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4529 @end quotation
4530 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4531 Example:
4532 @example
4533 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4534 flash info 0
4535 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4536 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4537 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4538 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4539 @end example
4540 @end deffn
4541
4542 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4543 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4544 effective after the next power cycle.
4545 @quotation Attention
4546 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4547 @end quotation
4548 Examples:
4549 @example
4550 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4551 @end example
4552 @end deffn
4553 @end deffn
4554
4555 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4556 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4557
4558 @example
4559 flash bank $_FLASHNAME ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4560 @end example
4561 @end deffn
4562
4563 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4564 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4565 and integrate flash memory.
4566
4567 @example
4568 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4569 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1d000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4570 @end example
4571
4572 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4573 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4574 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4575 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4576 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4577 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4578 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4579 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4580 @end deffn
4581 @deffn Command {pic32mx unlock} bank
4582 Unlock and erase specified chip @var{bank}.
4583 This will remove any Code Protection.
4584 @end deffn
4585 @end deffn
4586
4587 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4588 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4589 Texas Instruments
4590 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4591 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4592 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4593 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4594 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4595 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4596
4597 @example
4598 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4599 @end example
4600 @end deffn
4601
4602 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
4603 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
4604 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
4605 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
4606 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
4607 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
4608
4609 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
4610 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
4611 @quotation Warning
4612 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
4613 applied to all of them.
4614 @end quotation
4615 @end deffn
4616
4617 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32x
4618 All members of the STM32 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4619 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4620 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4621 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4622
4623 @example
4624 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4625 @end example
4626
4627 Some stm32x-specific commands
4628 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32x mass_erase} command.
4629 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4630 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4631 are defined:
4632
4633 @deffn Command {stm32x lock} num
4634 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4635 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4636 @end deffn
4637
4638 @deffn Command {stm32x unlock} num
4639 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4640 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4641 @end deffn
4642
4643 @deffn Command {stm32x options_read} num
4644 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4645 the @command{stm32x options_write} command.
4646 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4647 @end deffn
4648
4649 @deffn Command {stm32x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4650 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4651 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4652 @end deffn
4653 @end deffn
4654
4655 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4656 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4657 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4658 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4659 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4660
4661 @example
4662 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
4663 @end example
4664
4665 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
4666 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
4667 for the specified flash bank.
4668 @end deffn
4669 @end deffn
4670
4671 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
4672 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4673 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
4674 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
4675 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
4676
4677 @example
4678 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4679 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
4680 @end example
4681
4682 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
4683 Configures the str9 flash controller.
4684 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4685
4686 @itemize @bullet
4687 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
4688 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
4689 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4690 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4691 @end itemize
4692 @end deffn
4693
4694 @end deffn
4695
4696 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
4697 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
4698 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4699 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4700
4701 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
4702
4703 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
4704 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
4705 @end deffn
4706
4707 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
4708 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
4709 @end deffn
4710
4711 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
4712 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
4713 the flash clock.
4714 @end deffn
4715 @end deffn
4716
4717 @deffn {Flash Driver} virtual
4718 This is a special driver that maps a previously defined bank to another
4719 address. All bank settings will be copied from the master physical bank.
4720
4721 The @var{virtual} driver defines one mandatory parameters,
4722
4723 @itemize
4724 @item @var{master_bank} The bank that this virtual address refers to.
4725 @end itemize
4726
4727 So in the following example addresses 0xbfc00000 and 0x9fc00000 refer to
4728 the flash bank defined at address 0x1fc00000. Any cmds executed on
4729 the virtual banks are actually performed on the physical banks.
4730 @example
4731 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pic32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4732 flash bank vbank0 virtual 0xbfc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
4733 flash bank vbank1 virtual 0x9fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
4734 @end example
4735 @end deffn
4736
4737 @subsection str9xpec driver
4738 @cindex str9xpec
4739
4740 Here is some background info to help
4741 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
4742 the str9:
4743 @enumerate
4744 @item
4745 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
4746 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
4747 @item
4748 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
4749 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
4750 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
4751 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
4752 @end enumerate
4753
4754 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
4755 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
4756 configured for flash bank 0.
4757 @example
4758 # assert srst, we do not want core running
4759 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
4760 jtag_reset 0 1
4761 # turn off target polling
4762 poll off
4763 # disable str9 core
4764 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
4765 # read option bytes
4766 str9xpec options_read 0
4767 # re-enable str9 core
4768 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
4769 poll on
4770 reset halt
4771 @end example
4772 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
4773 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
4774 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
4775 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
4776
4777 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
4778 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
4779 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
4780 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
4781 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
4782
4783 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
4784
4785 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
4786 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
4787 @end deffn
4788
4789 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
4790 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
4791 directly to the embedded flash controller.
4792 @end deffn
4793
4794 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
4795 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
4796 erase the device.
4797 @end deffn
4798
4799 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
4800 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
4801 @end deffn
4802
4803 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
4804 Configure str9 boot bank.
4805 @end deffn
4806
4807 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4808 Configure str9 lvd source.
4809 @end deffn
4810
4811 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
4812 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
4813 @end deffn
4814
4815 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4816 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
4817 @end deffn
4818
4819 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
4820 Read str9 option bytes.
4821 @end deffn
4822
4823 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
4824 Write str9 option bytes.
4825 @end deffn
4826
4827 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
4828 unlock str9 device.
4829 @end deffn
4830
4831 @end deffn
4832
4833
4834 @section mFlash
4835
4836 @subsection mFlash Configuration
4837 @cindex mFlash Configuration
4838
4839 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
4840 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
4841 address @var{base}.
4842 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
4843 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
4844
4845 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
4846
4847 @example
4848 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
4849 @end example
4850
4851 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
4852
4853 @example
4854 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
4855 @end example
4856 @end deffn
4857
4858 @subsection mFlash commands
4859 @cindex mFlash commands
4860
4861 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
4862 Configure mflash PLL.
4863 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
4864 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
4865 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
4866 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
4867 @end deffn
4868
4869 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
4870 Configure bootable option.
4871 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
4872 (4kB) for boot.
4873 @end deffn
4874
4875 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
4876 Configure storage information.
4877 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
4878 written.
4879 @end deffn
4880
4881 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
4882 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
4883 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
4884 @end deffn
4885
4886 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
4887 Probe mflash.
4888 @end deffn
4889
4890 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
4891 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
4892 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4893 @end deffn
4894
4895 @node NAND Flash Commands
4896 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
4897 @cindex NAND
4898
4899 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
4900 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
4901 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
4902
4903 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
4904 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
4905 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
4906 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
4907 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
4908 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
4909
4910 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
4911 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
4912 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
4913 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
4914 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
4915 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
4916 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
4917 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
4918 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
4919 with techniques such as wear leveling.
4920
4921 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
4922 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
4923 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
4924 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
4925 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
4926 every 512 bytes of data.
4927
4928 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
4929 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
4930 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
4931 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
4932 ECC mode is used.
4933
4934 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
4935 @enumerate
4936 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
4937 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4938 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
4939 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
4940 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
4941 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
4942 to access that device.
4943 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
4944 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4945 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
4946 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
4947 de-brick a board.
4948 @end enumerate
4949
4950 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
4951 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
4952 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
4953 are only 32 bits wide.
4954 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
4955 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
4956 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
4957 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
4958
4959 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
4960 @section NAND Configuration Commands
4961 @cindex NAND configuration
4962
4963 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
4964 plus some additional configuration that's done after
4965 OpenOCD has initialized.
4966
4967 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
4968 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
4969 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
4970 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
4971 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
4972 they were a single (larger) device.
4973 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
4974 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
4975
4976 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
4977 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
4978 configuration files, not interactively.
4979
4980 @itemize @bullet
4981 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
4982 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
4983 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
4984 associated with the NAND device being declared.
4985 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
4986 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
4987 commands to the NAND controller.
4988 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4989 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
4990 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
4991 for more information.
4992 @end itemize
4993 @end deffn
4994
4995 @deffn Command {nand list}
4996 Prints a summary of each device declared
4997 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
4998 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
4999 @example
5000 > nand list
5001 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5002 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5003 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5004 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5005 >
5006 @end example
5007 @end deffn
5008
5009 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
5010 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
5011 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
5012 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5013 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
5014 it with most other NAND commands.
5015 @end deffn
5016
5017 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
5018
5019 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
5020 @cindex NAND reading
5021 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
5022 starting at the specified offset.
5023 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5024
5025 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5026 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5027
5028 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
5029 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
5030 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
5031
5032 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
5033 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
5034 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
5035 method which handled that error correction.
5036
5037 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
5038 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
5039 @itemize @bullet
5040 @item no oob_* parameter
5041 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
5042 @item @code{oob_raw}
5043 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
5044 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
5045 spare areas associated with each data page.
5046 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
5047 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
5048 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
5049 @item @code{oob_only}
5050 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
5051 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
5052 spare areas associated with each data page.
5053 @end itemize
5054 @end deffn
5055
5056 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
5057 @cindex NAND erasing
5058 @cindex NAND programming
5059 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
5060 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
5061 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5062 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5063 If those parameters are not specified,
5064 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
5065 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5066
5067 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
5068 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
5069 block marker.
5070 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
5071 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
5072 @end deffn
5073
5074 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
5075 @cindex NAND writing
5076 @cindex NAND programming
5077 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
5078 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
5079 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
5080 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5081
5082 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5083 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5084
5085 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5086 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
5087 past the end of the device.
5088 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
5089 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
5090 if that's being written.)
5091
5092 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
5093 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
5094 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
5095
5096 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
5097 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
5098 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
5099 @itemize @bullet
5100 @item no oob_* parameter
5101 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5102 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
5103 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5104 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
5105 with hardware-computed ECC data.
5106 @item @code{oob_only}
5107 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
5108 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
5109 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
5110 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
5111 @item @code{oob_raw}
5112 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
5113 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
5114 un-altered OOB.
5115 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5116 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
5117 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
5118 @item @code{oob_softecc}
5119 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5120 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
5121 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
5122 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5123 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5124 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
5125 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5126 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
5127 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
5128 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5129 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5130 @end itemize
5131 @end deffn
5132
5133 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
5134 @cindex NAND verification
5135 @cindex NAND programming
5136 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
5137 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
5138 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5139
5140 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5141 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5142
5143 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5144 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
5145 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
5146 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
5147 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
5148
5149 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
5150 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
5151 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
5152
5153 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
5154 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
5155 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
5156 be removed in a future release.
5157 @end deffn
5158
5159 @section Other NAND commands
5160 @cindex NAND other commands
5161
5162 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} num [offset length]
5163 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
5164 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
5165 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
5166 continues for @var{length} bytes.
5167 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5168 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5169 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5170
5171 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
5172 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
5173 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
5174 @end deffn
5175
5176 @deffn Command {nand info} num
5177 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5178 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
5179 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
5180 status for each block.
5181 @end deffn
5182
5183 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5184 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
5185 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5186
5187 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
5188 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
5189 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
5190 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
5191 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
5192
5193 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
5194 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
5195 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
5196 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
5197 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
5198 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
5199 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
5200 @end deffn
5201
5202 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
5203 @section NAND Driver List
5204 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
5205 driver-specific options and behaviors.
5206 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
5207
5208 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
5209 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
5210 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
5211 address of the ECC controller.
5212 @example
5213 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
5214 @end example
5215 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
5216 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
5217 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
5218 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
5219 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
5220 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
5221 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
5222 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5223 @end deffn
5224 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
5225 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
5226 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5227 @end deffn
5228
5229 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
5230 properly configured for input or output.
5231 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
5232 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
5233 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5234 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5235 @end deffn
5236 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
5237 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
5238 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5239 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5240 @end deffn
5241 @end deffn
5242
5243 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
5244 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
5245 chips from Texas Instruments.
5246 It takes three extra parameters:
5247 address of the NAND chip;
5248 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
5249 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
5250 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
5251 @example
5252 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
5253 @end example
5254 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
5255 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
5256 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
5257 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
5258 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
5259 @end deffn
5260
5261 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
5262 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5263 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
5264 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
5265 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
5266 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
5267 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5268 @end deffn
5269
5270 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
5271 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
5272 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
5273 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
5274 @end deffn
5275 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
5276
5277 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
5278 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5279 parameter: the address of the controller.
5280 @example
5281 nand device orion 0xd8000000
5282 @end example
5283 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
5284 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5285 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5286 change any behavior.
5287 @end deffn
5288
5289 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
5290 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
5291 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
5292 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
5293 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
5294 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
5295 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
5296 specialized commands.
5297 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5298 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5299 change any behavior.
5300 @end deffn
5301
5302 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
5303 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
5304 @cindex PLD
5305 @cindex FPGA
5306
5307 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
5308 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
5309 OpenOCD can support programming them.
5310 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
5311 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
5312 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
5313 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
5314
5315 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
5316
5317 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
5318 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
5319 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
5320
5321 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
5322 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
5323
5324 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
5325 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
5326 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
5327 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
5328 behavior.
5329 @end deffn
5330
5331 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
5332 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
5333 @end deffn
5334
5335 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
5336 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
5337 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
5338 @end deffn
5339
5340 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
5341
5342 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
5343 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
5344 that particular type of PLD.
5345
5346 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
5347 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
5348 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
5349 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
5350 and one driver-specific command is defined.
5351
5352 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
5353 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
5354 for FPGA @var{num}.
5355 @end deffn
5356 @end deffn
5357
5358 @node General Commands
5359 @chapter General Commands
5360 @cindex commands
5361
5362 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
5363 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
5364 commands are documented elsewhere.
5365
5366 Intent:
5367 @itemize @bullet
5368 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
5369 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
5370 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
5371 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
5372
5373 @item @b{From the human}
5374 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
5375 or via GDB (default port 3333).
5376
5377 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
5378 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
5379 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
5380
5381 @item @b{Machine Interface}
5382 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
5383 port is 5555.
5384 @end itemize
5385
5386
5387 @section Daemon Commands
5388
5389 @deffn {Command} exit
5390 Exits the current telnet session.
5391 @end deffn
5392
5393 @deffn {Command} help [string]
5394 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
5395 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
5396 Not every command provides helptext.
5397
5398 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
5399 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
5400 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
5401 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
5402 @end deffn
5403
5404 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
5405 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
5406 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
5407 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
5408 Useful in connection with script files
5409 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
5410 @end deffn
5411
5412 @deffn Command shutdown
5413 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
5414 @end deffn
5415
5416 @anchor{debug_level}
5417 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
5418 @cindex message level
5419 Display debug level.
5420 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
5421 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
5422 Level 0 is error messages only;
5423 level 1 adds warnings;
5424 level 2 adds informational messages;
5425 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
5426 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
5427 the command line along with the location of that log
5428 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
5429 @xref{Running}.
5430 @end deffn
5431
5432 @deffn Command echo message
5433 Logs a message at "user" priority.
5434 Output @var{message} to stdout.
5435 @example
5436 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
5437 @end example
5438 @end deffn
5439
5440 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
5441 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
5442 the initial log output channel is stderr.
5443 @end deffn
5444
5445 @deffn Command add_script_search_dir [directory]
5446 Add @var{directory} to the file/script search path.
5447 @end deffn
5448
5449 @anchor{Target State handling}
5450 @section Target State handling
5451 @cindex reset
5452 @cindex halt
5453 @cindex target initialization
5454
5455 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
5456 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
5457 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
5458 a current target which is used to perform the
5459 various operations. The current target may be changed
5460 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
5461 target which should become current.
5462
5463 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
5464 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
5465 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
5466 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
5467 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
5468
5469 @emph{With no arguments}:
5470 list all available registers for the current target,
5471 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
5472 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
5473 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
5474 are flagged as such.
5475
5476 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
5477
5478 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
5479 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
5480 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
5481 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
5482 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
5483 relevant module will flush such values.
5484
5485 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
5486 Debug and trace infrastructure:
5487
5488 @example
5489 > reg
5490 ===== ARM registers
5491 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
5492 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
5493 (2) r2 (/32)
5494 ...
5495 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
5496 >
5497 @end example
5498 @end deffn
5499
5500 @deffn Command halt [ms]
5501 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
5502 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
5503 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
5504 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
5505 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
5506 (and enter debug mode).
5507 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
5508
5509 @quotation Warning
5510 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
5511 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
5512 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
5513 power mode by gating the core clock;
5514 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
5515
5516 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
5517 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
5518 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
5519 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
5520 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
5521 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
5522
5523 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
5524 work with a JTAG debugger.
5525 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
5526 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
5527 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
5528 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
5529 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
5530 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
5531 @end quotation
5532
5533 @end deffn
5534
5535 @deffn Command resume [address]
5536 Resume the target at its current code position,
5537 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5538 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
5539 @end deffn
5540
5541 @deffn Command step [address]
5542 Single-step the target at its current code position,
5543 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5544 @end deffn
5545
5546 @anchor{Reset Command}
5547 @deffn Command reset
5548 @deffnx Command {reset run}
5549 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
5550 @deffnx Command {reset init}
5551 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
5552 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
5553 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
5554
5555 The optional parameter specifies what should
5556 happen after the reset.
5557 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
5558 The other options will not work on all systems.
5559 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
5560
5561 @itemize @minus
5562 @item @b{run} Let the target run
5563 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
5564 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
5565 @end itemize
5566 @end deffn
5567
5568 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
5569 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
5570 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
5571 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
5572 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
5573 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
5574 state.
5575 @end deffn
5576
5577 @section I/O Utilities
5578
5579 These commands are available when
5580 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
5581 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
5582 notably the ZY1000.
5583 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
5584
5585 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
5586
5587 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
5588 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
5589 the text file @file{filename}.
5590 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
5591 The last string is followed by a newline.
5592 @end deffn
5593
5594 @deffn Command cat filename
5595 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
5596 @end deffn
5597
5598 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
5599 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
5600 into @file{dest_filename}.
5601 @end deffn
5602
5603 @deffn Command ip
5604 @emph{No description provided.}
5605 @end deffn
5606
5607 @deffn Command ls
5608 @emph{No description provided.}
5609 @end deffn
5610
5611 @deffn Command mac
5612 @emph{No description provided.}
5613 @end deffn
5614
5615 @deffn Command meminfo
5616 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
5617 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
5618 @end deffn
5619
5620 @deffn Command peek
5621 @emph{No description provided.}
5622 @end deffn
5623
5624 @deffn Command poke
5625 @emph{No description provided.}
5626 @end deffn
5627
5628 @deffn Command rm filename
5629 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
5630 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
5631 @end deffn
5632
5633 @deffn Command trunc filename
5634 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
5635 @end deffn
5636
5637 @anchor{Memory access}
5638 @section Memory access commands
5639 @cindex memory access
5640
5641 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
5642 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
5643 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
5644 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
5645
5646 @enumerate
5647 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
5648 to change the current target.
5649 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
5650 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
5651 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
5652 @end enumerate
5653
5654 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
5655 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
5656 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
5657 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
5658 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
5659 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
5660 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5661 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5662 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5663 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5664 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
5665 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
5666 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
5667 @end deffn
5668
5669 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
5670 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
5671 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
5672 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
5673 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
5674 at the specified address @var{addr}.
5675 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5676 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5677 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5678 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5679 @end deffn
5680
5681
5682 @anchor{Image access}
5683 @section Image loading commands
5684 @cindex image loading
5685 @cindex image dumping
5686
5687 @anchor{dump_image}
5688 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
5689 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
5690 binary file named @var{filename}.
5691 @end deffn
5692
5693 @deffn Command {fast_load}
5694 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
5695 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
5696 @end deffn
5697
5698 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5699 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
5700 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
5701 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
5702 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
5703 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
5704 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
5705 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
5706 separately.
5707 @end deffn
5708
5709 @anchor{load_image}
5710 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [[@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}] @option{min_addr} @option{max_length}]
5711 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory offset by @var{address} from its load address.
5712 The file format may optionally be specified
5713 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf}).
5714 In addition the following arguments may be specifed:
5715 @var{min_addr} - ignore data below @var{min_addr} (this is w.r.t. to the target's load address + @var{address})
5716 @var{max_length} - maximum number of bytes to load.
5717 @example
5718 proc load_image_bin @{fname foffset address length @} @{
5719 # Load data from fname filename at foffset offset to
5720 # target at address. Load at most length bytes.
5721 load_image $fname [expr $address - $foffset] bin $address $length
5722 @}
5723 @end example
5724 @end deffn
5725
5726 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
5727 Displays image section sizes and addresses
5728 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
5729 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
5730 The file format may optionally be specified
5731 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5732 @end deffn
5733
5734 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5735 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
5736 The file format may optionally be specified
5737 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5738 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
5739 @end deffn
5740
5741
5742 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
5743 @cindex breakpoint
5744 @cindex watchpoint
5745
5746 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
5747 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
5748 watchpoints.
5749 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
5750
5751 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
5752 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
5753 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
5754 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5755 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
5756 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
5757
5758 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
5759 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
5760 @end deffn
5761
5762 @deffn Command {rbp} address
5763 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
5764 @end deffn
5765
5766 @deffn Command {rwp} address
5767 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
5768 @end deffn
5769
5770 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
5771 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
5772 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5773 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
5774 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
5775 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
5776 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
5777 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
5778 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
5779 @end deffn
5780
5781 @section Misc Commands
5782
5783 @cindex profiling
5784 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
5785 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
5786 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
5787 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
5788 @end deffn
5789
5790 @deffn Command {version}
5791 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
5792 @end deffn
5793
5794 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
5795 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
5796 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
5797 @end deffn
5798
5799 @node Architecture and Core Commands
5800 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
5801 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
5802 @cindex Core Specific Commands
5803
5804 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
5805 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
5806 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
5807 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
5808
5809 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
5810 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
5811 @cindex tracing
5812 @cindex ETM
5813 @cindex ETB
5814
5815 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
5816 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
5817 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
5818
5819 @itemize
5820 @item
5821 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
5822 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
5823 supports such an interface.
5824 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
5825 and trace port support.)
5826 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
5827 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
5828 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
5829 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
5830 in the board-specific configuration file.
5831 @item
5832 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
5833 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
5834 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
5835 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
5836 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
5837 @end itemize
5838
5839 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
5840
5841 @quotation Issues
5842 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
5843 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
5844
5845 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
5846 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
5847 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
5848 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
5849 dummy trace port driver}.
5850
5851 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
5852 as well as tracing only during specific states
5853 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
5854
5855 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
5856 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
5857 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
5858 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
5859 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
5860
5861 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
5862 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
5863 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
5864 this original style of JTAG access.
5865 @end quotation
5866
5867 @subsection ETM Configuration
5868 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
5869
5870 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
5871 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
5872 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
5873
5874 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
5875 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
5876 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
5877 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
5878 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
5879 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
5880 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
5881 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
5882 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
5883
5884 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
5885 or @option{demultiplexed}.
5886 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
5887
5888 @quotation Warning
5889 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
5890 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
5891 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
5892 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
5893 @end quotation
5894
5895 @quotation Note
5896 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
5897 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
5898 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
5899 what CPU activities are traced.
5900 @end quotation
5901 @end deffn
5902
5903 @deffn Command {etm info}
5904 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
5905 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
5906 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
5907 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
5908 @end deffn
5909
5910 @deffn Command {etm status}
5911 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
5912 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
5913 Did trace data overflow?
5914 Was it triggered?
5915 @end deffn
5916
5917 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
5918 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
5919 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
5920 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
5921 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
5922
5923 @itemize
5924 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
5925 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
5926 The value is one of
5927 @option{none} (save nothing),
5928 @option{data} (save data),
5929 @option{address} (save addresses),
5930 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
5931 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
5932 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
5933 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
5934 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
5935 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
5936 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
5937 trace stream without an image of the code.
5938 @end itemize
5939 @end deffn
5940
5941 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5942 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
5943 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
5944 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
5945 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
5946
5947 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
5948 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
5949 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
5950 @end deffn
5951
5952 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
5953
5954 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
5955 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
5956 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
5957
5958 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
5959 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
5960 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
5961 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
5962 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
5963 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
5964 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
5965
5966 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
5967
5968 @itemize
5969 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
5970 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
5971 for instruction access within that function's body.
5972 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
5973 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
5974 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
5975 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
5976 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
5977 combining one of the above models with a counter.
5978 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
5979 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
5980 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
5981 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
5982 @item @emph{... more}
5983 @end itemize
5984
5985 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
5986 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
5987
5988 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
5989 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
5990 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
5991 @end deffn
5992
5993 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
5994 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
5995 @end deffn
5996
5997 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
5998 Opens an image file.
5999 @end deffn
6000
6001 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
6002 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
6003 @end deffn
6004
6005 @deffn Command {etm start}
6006 Starts trace data collection.
6007 @end deffn
6008
6009 @deffn Command {etm stop}
6010 Stops trace data collection.
6011 @end deffn
6012
6013 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
6014 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
6015
6016 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
6017
6018 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
6019 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6020 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
6021 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
6022 any trace data collection.}
6023 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
6024 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
6025 @end deffn
6026 @end deffn
6027
6028 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
6029 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
6030 to use on-chip ETB memory.
6031 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
6032 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
6033 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
6034 @end deffn
6035 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
6036 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
6037 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
6038 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
6039 trace trigger becomes active.
6040
6041 @itemize
6042 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
6043 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
6044 afterwards.
6045 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
6046 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
6047 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
6048 what caused that event to happen.
6049 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
6050 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
6051 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
6052 how the event caused trouble.
6053 @end itemize
6054 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
6055 @end deffn
6056
6057 @end deffn
6058
6059 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
6060 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
6061 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
6062 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
6063 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
6064
6065 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6066 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
6067
6068 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
6069 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
6070 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
6071 @end deffn
6072
6073 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
6074 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
6075 @end deffn
6076
6077 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
6078 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
6079 @end deffn
6080 @end deffn
6081
6082
6083 @section Generic ARM
6084 @cindex ARM
6085
6086 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
6087 They are available in addition to other core-specific
6088 commands that may be available.
6089
6090 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
6091 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
6092 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
6093 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
6094 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6095 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
6096 @end deffn
6097
6098 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
6099 @cindex disassemble
6100 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
6101 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6102 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
6103 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
6104 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
6105 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6106 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
6107
6108 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
6109 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
6110 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
6111 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
6112 with a handful of exceptions.
6113 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
6114 @end deffn
6115
6116 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
6117 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
6118 passing parameters @var{CRn},
6119 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6120 and using the MCR instruction.
6121 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6122 an ARM register.)
6123 @end deffn
6124
6125 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
6126 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
6127 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6128 and the MRC instruction.
6129 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
6130 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6131 an ARM register.)
6132 @end deffn
6133
6134 @deffn Command {arm reg}
6135 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
6136 core mode if necessary.
6137 @end deffn
6138
6139 @deffn Command {arm semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6140 @cindex ARM semihosting
6141 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
6142
6143 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
6144 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
6145 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
6146 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
6147 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
6148 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
6149 @end deffn
6150
6151 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
6152 @cindex ARMv4
6153 @cindex ARMv5
6154
6155 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
6156 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
6157 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
6158 variant.
6159
6160 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
6161 @cindex ARM7
6162 @cindex ARM9
6163
6164 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
6165 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
6166 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
6167 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
6168
6169 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6170 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
6171 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
6172 instead of breakpoints.
6173 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6174
6175 This should be
6176 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
6177 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
6178 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
6179 @end deffn
6180
6181 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6182 @cindex DCC
6183 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
6184 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
6185 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6186
6187 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
6188 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
6189 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
6190 @end deffn
6191
6192 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
6193 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6194 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
6195 that don't check completion of the operation.
6196 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6197
6198 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
6199 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
6200 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
6201 @end deffn
6202
6203 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
6204 @cindex ARM720T
6205
6206 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
6207 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6208 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
6209 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
6210
6211 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
6212 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6213 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6214
6215 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
6216 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6217 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
6218 @end deffn
6219
6220 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
6221 @cindex ARM9
6222
6223 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
6224 integer processors.
6225 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
6226
6227 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
6228 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
6229 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
6230 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
6231
6232 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
6233 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6234 @cindex vector_catch
6235 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
6236 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
6237 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
6238 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
6239 to those hardware vectors.
6240
6241 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
6242 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
6243 vector catch hardware to intercept
6244 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
6245 @option{none} of them,
6246 or a list with one or more of the following:
6247 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
6248 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
6249 @end deffn
6250
6251 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
6252 @cindex ARM920T
6253
6254 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
6255 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6256 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
6257 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6258 and ARM9 commands.
6259
6260 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
6261 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
6262 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
6263 @end deffn
6264
6265 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
6266 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6267 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6268 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
6269 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
6270 (Not all registers can be written.)
6271 @end deffn
6272
6273 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
6274 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6275 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6276
6277 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
6278 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
6279 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
6280 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
6281 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
6282 or using zero if no other address is provided.
6283 @end deffn
6284
6285 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
6286 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
6287 @end deffn
6288
6289 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
6290 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
6291 @end deffn
6292
6293 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
6294 @cindex ARM926ej-s
6295
6296 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
6297 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
6298 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
6299 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6300 and ARM9 commands.
6301
6302 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
6303 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
6304
6305 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
6306 Print information about the caches found.
6307 @end deffn
6308
6309 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
6310 @cindex ARM966E
6311
6312 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
6313 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6314 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6315 and ARM9 commands.
6316
6317 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
6318 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6319 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6320 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
6321 ARM966E-S TRM.
6322 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
6323 as required for BIST support.
6324 @end deffn
6325
6326 @subsection XScale specific commands
6327 @cindex XScale
6328
6329 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
6330
6331 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
6332 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
6333 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
6334 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
6335 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
6336 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
6337 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
6338
6339 To address this situation, OpenOCD provides the @code{xscale
6340 vector_table} command, which allows the user to explicity write
6341 individual entries to either the high or low vector table stored in
6342 the mini-IC.
6343
6344 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
6345 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
6346 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
6347 code layout in memory:
6348 @example
6349 _vectors:
6350 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6351 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6352 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6353 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6354 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6355 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6356 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6357 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6358 .org 0x100
6359 .long real_reset_vector
6360 .long real_ui_handler
6361 .long real_swi_handler
6362 .long real_pf_abort
6363 .long real_data_abort
6364 .long 0 /* unused */
6365 .long real_irq_handler
6366 .long real_fiq_handler
6367 @end example
6368
6369 Alternatively, you may choose to keep some or all of the mini-IC
6370 vector table entries synced with those written to memory by your
6371 system software. The mini-IC can not be modified while the processor
6372 is executing, but for each vector table entry not previously defined
6373 using the @code{xscale vector_table} command, OpenOCD will copy the
6374 value from memory to the mini-IC every time execution resumes from a
6375 halt. This is done for both high and low vector tables (although the
6376 table not in use may not be mapped to valid memory, and in this case
6377 that copy operation will silently fail). This means that you will
6378 need to briefly halt execution at some strategic point during system
6379 start-up; e.g., after the software has initialized the vector table,
6380 but before exceptions are enabled. A breakpoint can be used to
6381 accomplish this once the appropriate location in the start-up code has
6382 been identified. A watchpoint over the vector table region is helpful
6383 in finding the location if you're not sure. Note that the same
6384 situation exists any time the vector table is modified by the system
6385 software.
6386
6387 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
6388 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
6389 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
6390 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
6391
6392 XScale has resources to support two hardware breakpoints and two
6393 watchpoints. However, the following restrictions on watchpoint
6394 functionality apply: (1) the value and mask arguments to the @code{wp}
6395 command are not supported, (2) the watchpoint length must be a
6396 power of two and not less than four, and can not be greater than the
6397 watchpoint address, and (3) a watchpoint with a length greater than
6398 four consumes all the watchpoint hardware resources. This means that
6399 at any one time, you can have enabled either two watchpoints with a
6400 length of four, or one watchpoint with a length greater than four.
6401
6402 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
6403 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6404
6405 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
6406 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
6407 @end deffn
6408
6409 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
6410 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
6411 @end deffn
6412
6413 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
6414 Displays information about the CPU caches.
6415 @end deffn
6416
6417 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
6418 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6419 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6420 @end deffn
6421
6422 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
6423 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
6424 @end deffn
6425
6426 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6427 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
6428 @end deffn
6429
6430 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
6431 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
6432 @end deffn
6433
6434 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6435 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
6436 @end deffn
6437
6438 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6439 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
6440 @end deffn
6441
6442 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
6443 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
6444 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
6445 and modifying how it is emptied.
6446 @end deffn
6447
6448 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
6449 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
6450 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
6451 The image @var{type} may be one of
6452 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
6453 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
6454 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
6455 @end deffn
6456
6457 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
6458 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
6459 @cindex vector_catch
6460 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
6461 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
6462
6463 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
6464 @example
6465 0x01 Trap Reset
6466 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
6467 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
6468 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
6469 0x10 Trap Data Abort
6470 0x20 reserved
6471 0x40 Trap IRQ
6472 0x80 Trap FIQ
6473 @end example
6474 @end deffn
6475
6476 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
6477 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
6478 @cindex vector_table
6479
6480 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
6481 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
6482 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
6483 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
6484 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
6485
6486 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
6487
6488 @end deffn
6489
6490 @section ARMv6 Architecture
6491 @cindex ARMv6
6492
6493 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
6494 @cindex ARM11
6495
6496 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6497 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
6498 which is enabled by default.
6499 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6500 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
6501 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
6502 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
6503 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
6504 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
6505 @end deffn
6506
6507 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6508 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
6509 which is enabled by default.
6510 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6511 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
6512 @end deffn
6513
6514 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6515 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
6516 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
6517 they are disabled by default.
6518 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
6519 @end deffn
6520
6521 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
6522 @cindex vector_catch
6523 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
6524 coprocessor 14 register 7.
6525 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6526
6527 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6528 for certain hardware events.
6529 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
6530 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
6531 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
6532 @end deffn
6533
6534 @section ARMv7 Architecture
6535 @cindex ARMv7
6536
6537 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
6538 @cindex Debug Access Port
6539 @cindex DAP
6540 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
6541 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
6542 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
6543
6544 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
6545 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
6546 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6547 @end deffn
6548
6549 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
6550 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
6551 @end deffn
6552
6553 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
6554 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
6555 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6556 @end deffn
6557
6558 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
6559 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
6560 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6561 @end deffn
6562
6563 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
6564 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
6565 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
6566 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6567 @end deffn
6568
6569 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
6570 @cindex Cortex-M3
6571
6572 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{on}|@option{off})
6573 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
6574 @end deffn
6575
6576 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6577 @cindex vector_catch
6578 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6579 for certain hardware events.
6580
6581 Parameters request interception of
6582 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
6583 @option{none} of them,
6584 or one or more of the following:
6585 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
6586 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
6587 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
6588 @option{irq_err},
6589 @option{state_err},
6590 @option{chk_err}, or
6591 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
6592 @option{reset}.
6593 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
6594 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
6595 are mapped to HardFault.
6596 UsageFault checks for
6597 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
6598 must also be explicitly enabled.
6599
6600 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
6601 @end deffn
6602
6603 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 reset_config} (@option{srst}|@option{sysresetreq}|@option{vectreset})
6604 Control reset handling. The default @option{srst} is to use srst if fitted,
6605 otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
6606 @itemize @minus
6607 @item @option{srst} use hardware srst if fitted otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
6608 @item @option{sysresetreq} use NVIC SYSRESETREQ to reset system.
6609 @item @option{vectreset} use NVIC VECTRESET to reset system.
6610 @end itemize
6611 Using @option{vectreset} is a safe option for all current Cortex-M3 cores.
6612 This however has the disadvantage of only resetting the core, all peripherals
6613 are uneffected. A solution would be to use a @code{reset-init} event handler to manually reset
6614 the peripherals.
6615 @xref{Target Events}.
6616 @end deffn
6617
6618 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
6619 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
6620 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
6621 @cindex tracing
6622 @cindex libdcc
6623 @cindex DCC
6624 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
6625 the target uses appropriate libraries.
6626 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
6627 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
6628
6629 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
6630 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
6631 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
6632 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
6633 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
6634 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
6635
6636 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
6637 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
6638 arrays of various size integers from the target,
6639 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
6640 The target being debugged may
6641 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
6642 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
6643 each supported by a command:
6644
6645 @itemize
6646 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
6647 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
6648 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
6649 finding out how some fault was triggered.
6650
6651 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
6652 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
6653 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
6654
6655 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
6656 and then displayed at any time.
6657 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
6658
6659 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
6660 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
6661 @end itemize
6662
6663 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
6664 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
6665 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
6666 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
6667 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
6668 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
6669 does the same thing.
6670
6671 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
6672 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
6673 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
6674 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
6675 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
6676
6677 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
6678 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
6679 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
6680 @end deffn
6681
6682 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
6683 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
6684 in the order they triggered.
6685 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
6686 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
6687 history records.
6688 @end deffn
6689
6690 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
6691 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
6692 they have been triggered.
6693 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
6694 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
6695 and associates it with that identifier.
6696
6697 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
6698 are not related except by this command.
6699 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
6700 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
6701 @end deffn
6702
6703
6704 @node JTAG Commands
6705 @chapter JTAG Commands
6706 @cindex JTAG Commands
6707 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
6708 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
6709 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
6710 may be needed to work with targets which require special
6711 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
6712
6713 To use these commands you will need to understand some
6714 of the basics of JTAG, including:
6715
6716 @itemize @bullet
6717 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
6718 devices such as a CPUs.
6719 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
6720 standard state machine (in parallel)
6721 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
6722 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
6723 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
6724 while the reading previous ones.
6725 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
6726 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
6727 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
6728 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
6729 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
6730 registers.
6731 @end itemize
6732
6733 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
6734
6735 These commands are used by developers who need to access
6736 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
6737 the order of TAP state transitions.
6738 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
6739 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
6740 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
6741 In a debug session that doesn't use JTAG for its transport protocol,
6742 these commands are not available.
6743
6744 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6745 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
6746 that specify the entire register.
6747 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
6748 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
6749 The return value holds the original value of each
6750 of those fields.
6751
6752 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
6753 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
6754 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
6755 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
6756 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
6757
6758 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
6759 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
6760
6761 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6762 in that state.
6763 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
6764 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6765 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6766
6767 @quotation Warning
6768 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
6769 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
6770 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
6771 data registers, which may have different lengths.
6772 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
6773 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
6774 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
6775 (by connecting a different scan chain).
6776 @end quotation
6777 @end deffn
6778
6779 @deffn Command {flush_count}
6780 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
6781 This may be used for performance tuning.
6782
6783 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
6784 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
6785 not change with the amount of data which is written.
6786 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
6787 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
6788 instead of batching them into larger operations.
6789 @end deffn
6790
6791 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6792 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
6793 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
6794 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
6795 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
6796 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
6797
6798 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6799 in that state.
6800 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
6801 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6802 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6803
6804 @quotation Note
6805 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
6806 register values, unlike data register values.
6807 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
6808 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
6809 @end quotation
6810 @end deffn
6811
6812 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
6813 Set values of reset signals.
6814 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
6815 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
6816 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
6817 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
6818 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
6819 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
6820 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6821
6822 Note that TRST is specially handled.
6823 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
6824 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
6825 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
6826 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
6827 instead of the TRST signal.
6828 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
6829 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
6830 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
6831 with handlers for that event.
6832 @end deffn
6833
6834 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
6835 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
6836 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
6837 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
6838 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
6839 Then, in a series of single state transitions
6840 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
6841 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
6842 The final state must also be stable.
6843 @end deffn
6844
6845 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
6846 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
6847 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
6848 Instructions often need some time
6849 to execute before they take effect.
6850 @end deffn
6851
6852 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
6853 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
6854
6855 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6856 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
6857 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
6858 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
6859 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
6860 @end deffn
6861
6862 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6863 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
6864 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
6865 must also be enabled.
6866 Default is enabled.
6867 @end deffn
6868
6869 @section TAP state names
6870 @cindex TAP state names
6871
6872 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
6873 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
6874 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
6875 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
6876
6877 @itemize @bullet
6878 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
6879 acts as if TRST were pulsed
6880 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
6881 @item @b{DRSELECT}
6882 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
6883 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6884 through the data register
6885 @item @b{DREXIT1}
6886 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
6887 for update or more shifting
6888 @item @b{DREXIT2}
6889 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
6890 @item @b{IRSELECT}
6891 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
6892 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6893 through the instruction register
6894 @item @b{IREXIT1}
6895 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
6896 for update or more shifting
6897 @item @b{IREXIT2}
6898 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
6899 @end itemize
6900
6901 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
6902 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
6903 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
6904 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
6905
6906 @itemize @bullet
6907 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
6908 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
6909 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
6910 may not be as expected.
6911 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
6912 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
6913 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
6914 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
6915 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
6916 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
6917 @end itemize
6918
6919 @node Boundary Scan Commands
6920 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
6921
6922 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
6923 boundary scan based hardware testing.
6924 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
6925 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
6926
6927 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
6928 @cindex Serial Vector Format
6929 @cindex SVF
6930
6931 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
6932 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
6933 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
6934 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6935
6936 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
6937 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6938 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
6939 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6940 each command is logged before it is executed.
6941 @end deffn
6942
6943 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6944 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6945 @cindex XSVF
6946
6947 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
6948 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
6949 Xilinx devices.
6950 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
6951 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6952
6953 @quotation Important
6954 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
6955 @end quotation
6956
6957 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
6958 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6959 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
6960 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
6961 that TAP.
6962 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
6963 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
6964 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6965 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
6966 @end deffn
6967
6968 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
6969 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
6970 after building the software.
6971 You may find them useful:
6972
6973 @itemize
6974 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
6975 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
6976 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
6977 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
6978 @end itemize
6979
6980 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
6981 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
6982 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
6983 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
6984 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
6985 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
6986 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
6987
6988
6989 @node TFTP
6990 @chapter TFTP
6991 @cindex TFTP
6992 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
6993 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
6994
6995 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
6996 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
6997 server (tftpd). For example,
6998
6999 @example
7000 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
7001 @end example
7002
7003 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
7004 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
7005
7006 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
7007 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
7008 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
7009 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
7010
7011 @node GDB and OpenOCD
7012 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
7013 @cindex GDB
7014 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
7015 to debug remote targets.
7016 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
7017
7018 @itemize
7019 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
7020 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
7021 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
7022 as shown in this chapter.
7023 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
7024 that also will probably need to be configured.
7025 @end itemize
7026
7027 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
7028 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
7029 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
7030 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
7031 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
7032 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
7033
7034 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
7035 @section Connecting to GDB
7036 @cindex Connecting to GDB
7037 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
7038 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
7039 errors, which has since been fixed; see
7040 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
7041
7042 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
7043
7044 @enumerate
7045 @item
7046 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
7047 @example
7048 target remote localhost:3333
7049 @end example
7050 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
7051 @item
7052 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
7053 @example
7054 target remote | openocd -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log"
7055 @end example
7056 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
7057 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
7058 session. log_output sends the log output to a file to ensure that the pipe is
7059 not saturated when using higher debug level outputs.
7060 @end enumerate
7061
7062 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
7063 GDB command line.
7064
7065 @section Sample GDB session startup
7066
7067 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
7068 than they do when you're debugging locally.
7069 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
7070 small ARM program.
7071 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
7072 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
7073
7074 @example
7075 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
7076 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
7077 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
7078 ...
7079 (gdb) monitor reset halt
7080 ...
7081 (gdb) load
7082 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
7083 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
7084 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
7085 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
7086 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
7087 (gdb) continue
7088 Continuing.
7089 ...
7090 @end example
7091
7092 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
7093 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
7094 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
7095 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
7096
7097 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
7098
7099 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
7100 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
7101 packet size and the device's memory map.
7102 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
7103 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
7104 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
7105
7106 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
7107 You may need to set those up by hand.
7108 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
7109 something like:
7110
7111 @example
7112 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
7113 @end example
7114
7115 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
7116
7117 @example
7118 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
7119 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
7120 @end example
7121
7122 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
7123 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
7124 do not have such restrictions.
7125
7126 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
7127 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
7128 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
7129
7130 @example
7131 define hook-step
7132 mon cortex_m3 maskisr on
7133 end
7134 define hookpost-step
7135 mon cortex_m3 maskisr off
7136 end
7137 @end example
7138
7139 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
7140 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
7141 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
7142 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
7143
7144 @section Programming using GDB
7145 @cindex Programming using GDB
7146
7147 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
7148 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
7149 @example
7150 gdb_memory_map disable
7151 @end example
7152 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
7153 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
7154 working area.
7155
7156 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
7157 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
7158 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
7159 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
7160
7161 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
7162 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
7163
7164 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
7165 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
7166 @example
7167 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
7168 @end example
7169
7170 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
7171 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
7172
7173 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
7174 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
7175 will be used.
7176
7177 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
7178 script can be executed:
7179 @example
7180 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
7181 @end example
7182
7183 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
7184 can be used.
7185
7186 @node Tcl Scripting API
7187 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
7188 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
7189 @cindex Tcl scripts
7190 @section API rules
7191
7192 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
7193 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
7194 information as an argument to each proc.
7195
7196 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
7197 pair list and lists.
7198
7199 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
7200 list.
7201
7202 @verbatim
7203
7204 > set foo(me) Duane
7205 > set foo(you) Oyvind
7206 > set foo(mouse) Micky
7207 > set foo(duck) Donald
7208
7209 If one does this:
7210
7211 > set foo
7212
7213 The result is:
7214
7215 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
7216
7217 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
7218
7219 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
7220 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
7221 }
7222 @end verbatim
7223
7224 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
7225 should be passed in to the proc in question.
7226
7227 @section Internal low-level Commands
7228
7229 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
7230
7231 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
7232 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
7233 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
7234
7235 @itemize @bullet
7236 @item @b{mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7237
7238 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
7239 @item @b{array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7240
7241 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
7242 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
7243
7244 Return information about the flash banks
7245 @end itemize
7246
7247 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
7248 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
7249 called "flash_banks".
7250
7251 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
7252
7253 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
7254 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
7255 holds one of the following values:
7256
7257 @itemize @bullet
7258 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
7259 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
7260 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
7261 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
7262 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
7263 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
7264 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
7265 @end itemize
7266
7267 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
7268
7269 @quotation Note
7270 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
7271 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
7272 @code{jim_platform} (because it
7273 is jim, not real tcl).
7274 @end quotation
7275
7276 @node FAQ
7277 @chapter FAQ
7278 @cindex faq
7279 @enumerate
7280 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
7281 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
7282 @cindex RTCK
7283 @cindex adaptive clocking
7284 @*
7285
7286 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
7287 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
7288 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
7289 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
7290
7291 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
7292 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
7293 for example. There are 2 basic options:
7294 @enumerate
7295 @item
7296 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
7297 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
7298 @item
7299 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
7300 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
7301 @end enumerate
7302
7303 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
7304 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
7305 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
7306 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
7307 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
7308 power).
7309
7310 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
7311 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
7312 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
7313 ARM926 scenario).
7314 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
7315 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
7316 JTAG can use a faster clock.
7317
7318 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
7319 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
7320 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
7321 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
7322
7323 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
7324
7325 In order to make use of this,
7326 your CPU, board, and JTAG adapter must all support the RTCK
7327 feature. Not all of them support this; keep reading!
7328
7329 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
7330 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
7331 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
7332 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
7333 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
7334
7335 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
7336 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
7337 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
7338 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
7339
7340 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
7341 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
7342 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
7343 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
7344 with a CPLD.
7345 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
7346 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
7347 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
7348 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
7349 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
7350 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
7351
7352 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
7353
7354 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
7355
7356 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
7357 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
7358 depending on the chips on your board.
7359 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
7360 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
7361 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
7362
7363 Note: most full speed FT2232 based JTAG adapters are limited to a
7364 maximum of 6MHz. The ones using USB high speed chips (FT2232H)
7365 often support faster clock rates (and adaptive clocking).
7366
7367 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
7368 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
7369 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
7370 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
7371
7372 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
7373 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
7374 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
7375 this way.
7376
7377 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
7378 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
7379 clock rate.
7380 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
7381 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
7382 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
7383
7384 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
7385
7386 @example
7387 # Example: 1.234MHz
7388 adapter_khz 1234
7389 @end example
7390
7391
7392 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
7393
7394 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
7395 around Windows filenames.
7396
7397 @example
7398 > echo \a
7399
7400 > echo @{\a@}
7401 \a
7402 > echo "\a"
7403
7404 >
7405 @end example
7406
7407
7408 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
7409
7410 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
7411 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
7412 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
7413
7414 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
7415 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
7416 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
7417
7418 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
7419 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
7420 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
7421
7422 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
7423
7424 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
7425 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
7426 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
7427 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
7428
7429 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
7430 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
7431 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
7432
7433 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
7434 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
7435
7436 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
7437 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
7438 memory read caused data abort".
7439
7440 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
7441 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
7442 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
7443 be done, feel free to add this here.
7444
7445 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
7446 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
7447 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
7448 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
7449 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
7450 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
7451 gracefully stops.
7452
7453 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
7454 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
7455 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
7456
7457 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
7458 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
7459 bytes. Painful...
7460
7461
7462 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
7463 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
7464
7465 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
7466 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
7467 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
7468 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
7469 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
7470 reset, everything else should work fine.
7471
7472 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
7473 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
7474 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
7475 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
7476
7477 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
7478 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
7479 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
7480 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
7481
7482 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
7483
7484 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
7485 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
7486 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
7487 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7488
7489 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
7490 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
7491 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
7492 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
7493
7494 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
7495 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
7496 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7497
7498 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
7499 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
7500
7501 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
7502 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
7503 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000
7504 0x0 0x40000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
7505 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
7506 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
7507 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
7508 clock frequency?
7509
7510 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
7511 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
7512 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
7513 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
7514 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
7515
7516 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
7517
7518 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
7519 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
7520 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
7521 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
7522 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
7523 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
7524 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
7525
7526 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
7527
7528 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
7529 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
7530 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
7531 up DRAM and loading it with code.
7532
7533 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
7534 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
7535 particular order?
7536
7537 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
7538 the same order used by the hardware.
7539
7540 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
7541 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
7542 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
7543 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
7544 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
7545 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
7546
7547 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
7548 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
7549 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
7550 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
7551
7552 @itemize @bullet
7553 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
7554 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
7555 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
7556 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
7557 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
7558 @end itemize
7559
7560 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
7561
7562 @itemize @bullet
7563 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
7564 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
7565 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
7566 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
7567 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
7568 @end itemize
7569
7570
7571 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
7572 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
7573 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
7574
7575 TODO.
7576
7577 @end enumerate
7578
7579 @node Tcl Crash Course
7580 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
7581 @cindex Tcl
7582
7583 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
7584 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
7585 how the Tcl scripts work.
7586
7587 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
7588 who need to understand a bit more of how JIM-Tcl works so they can do
7589 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
7590 OpenOCD.
7591
7592 @section Tcl Rule #1
7593 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
7594 @enumerate
7595 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
7596 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7597 @end enumerate
7598
7599 The Tcl equal is this:
7600
7601 @enumerate
7602 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
7603 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7604 @end enumerate
7605
7606 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
7607 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
7608
7609 @section Tcl Rule #1b
7610 There is a second pair of rules.
7611 @enumerate
7612 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
7613 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
7614 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
7615 in Tcl.
7616 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7617 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
7618 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
7619 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
7620 @end enumerate
7621
7622 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
7623 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
7624 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
7625 Everything is a string}
7626
7627 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
7628 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
7629 difference is subtle.
7630 @enumerate
7631 @item Parse Time
7632 @item Evaluation Time
7633 @end enumerate
7634
7635 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
7636 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
7637 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
7638
7639 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
7640 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
7641 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
7642 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
7643
7644 @itemize @bullet
7645 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
7646 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
7647 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
7648 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
7649 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
7650 @example
7651 # bash example
7652 X=`date`
7653 echo "The Date is: $X"
7654 # Tcl example
7655 set X [date]
7656 puts "The Date is: $X"
7657 @end example
7658 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
7659 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
7660 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
7661 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
7662 is a string}
7663 @example
7664 set x "Dinner"
7665 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
7666 @end example
7667 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
7668 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
7669 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
7670 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
7671 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
7672 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
7673 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
7674 @end itemize
7675
7676 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
7677
7678 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
7679
7680 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
7681
7682 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
7683 the normal way.
7684
7685 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
7686 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
7687 line is immedatly executed.
7688
7689 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
7690 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
7691
7692 @subsection Command Execution
7693
7694 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
7695 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
7696 control flow operators.
7697
7698 Commands are executed like this:
7699
7700 @enumerate
7701 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
7702 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
7703 @item Repeat until End Of File.
7704 @end enumerate
7705
7706 It sort of works like this:
7707 @example
7708 for(;;)@{
7709 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
7710
7711 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
7712
7713 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
7714 @}
7715 @end example
7716
7717 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
7718 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
7719 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
7720 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
7721 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
7722 ``LookupCommand()''
7723
7724 @subsection The FOR command
7725
7726 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
7727 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
7728 command just like any other command.
7729
7730 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
7731 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
7732 are:
7733
7734 @enumerate 0
7735 @item The ascii text 'for'
7736 @item The start text
7737 @item The test expression
7738 @item The next text
7739 @item The body text
7740 @end enumerate
7741
7742 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
7743 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
7744 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
7745 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
7746
7747 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
7748 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
7749
7750 @example
7751 int
7752 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
7753 int *argc,
7754 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
7755 @end example
7756
7757 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
7758 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
7759 still operates in the same basic way.
7760
7761 @subsection FOR command implementation
7762
7763 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
7764 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
7765
7766 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
7767
7768 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
7769
7770 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
7771 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
7772 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
7773
7774 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
7775 expression and returns a value.
7776
7777 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
7778 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
7779 @example
7780 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
7781
7782 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
7783
7784 int
7785 MyForCommand( void *interp,
7786 int argc,
7787 char **argv )
7788 @{
7789 if( argc != 5 )@{
7790 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
7791 return ERROR;
7792 @}
7793
7794 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
7795
7796 // Execute the start statement.
7797 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
7798
7799 // Top of loop test
7800 for(;;)@{
7801 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
7802 if( i == 0 )
7803 break;
7804
7805 // Execute the body
7806 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
7807
7808 // Execute the LOOP part
7809 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
7810 @}
7811
7812 // Return no error
7813 SetResult( interp, "" );
7814 return SUCCESS;
7815 @}
7816 @end example
7817
7818 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
7819 in the same basic way.
7820
7821 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
7822
7823 @subsection source and find commands
7824 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
7825 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
7826 @*Remember the parsing rules
7827 @enumerate
7828 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
7829 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
7830 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
7831 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
7832 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
7833 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
7834 That character begins Tcl comments.)
7835 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
7836 it reads a file and executes as a script.
7837 @end enumerate
7838 @subsection format command
7839 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
7840 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
7841 @b{sprintf()}.
7842 @b{Example}
7843 @example
7844 set x 6
7845 set y 7
7846 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
7847 @end example
7848 @enumerate
7849 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
7850 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
7851 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
7852 @* Refer to Rule #1
7853 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
7854 @* Refer to Rule #1.
7855 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
7856 @end enumerate
7857 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
7858 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
7859 @example
7860 #1 Good
7861 proc someproc @{@} @{
7862 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
7863 @}
7864 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
7865 #2 Good - no variables
7866 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
7867 #3 Good Curly Braces
7868 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
7869 puts "Time: [date]"
7870 @}
7871 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
7872 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
7873 @end example
7874 @enumerate
7875 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
7876 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
7877 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
7878 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
7879 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
7880 command.
7881 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
7882 @*There are 4 examples:
7883 @enumerate
7884 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
7885 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
7886 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
7887 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
7888 @end enumerate
7889
7890 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
7891 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
7892 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
7893
7894 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
7895 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
7896 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
7897 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
7898 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
7899 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
7900 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
7901 @end enumerate
7902 @subsection Global Variables
7903 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
7904 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
7905 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
7906 @example
7907 proc myproc @{ @} @{
7908 set y 0 #Local variable Y
7909 global x #Global variable X
7910 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
7911 @}
7912 @end example
7913 @section Other Tcl Hacks
7914 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
7915 @example
7916 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
7917 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
7918 # Create var name
7919 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
7920 # Make it a global
7921 global $vn
7922 # Set it.
7923 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
7924 @}
7925 @end example
7926 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
7927 @example
7928 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
7929 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
7930 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
7931 @}
7932 @end example
7933
7934 @include fdl.texi
7935
7936 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
7937 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
7938 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
7939 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
7940 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
7941 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
7942
7943 @printindex cp
7944
7945 @node Command and Driver Index
7946 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
7947 @printindex fn
7948
7949 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)